US6380368B1 - Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines - Google Patents

Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US6380368B1
US6380368B1 US08/599,738 US59973896A US6380368B1 US 6380368 B1 US6380368 B1 US 6380368B1 US 59973896 A US59973896 A US 59973896A US 6380368 B1 US6380368 B1 US 6380368B1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
oligomer
oligomers
propynyl
note
ethynyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Expired - Fee Related
Application number
US08/599,738
Inventor
Brian Froehler
Rick Wagner
Mark Mattencci
Robert J. Jones
Arnold J. Gutierrez
Jeff Pudlo
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ionis Pharmaceuticals Inc
Original Assignee
Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US07/799,824 external-priority patent/US5484908A/en
Priority claimed from US07/976,103 external-priority patent/US5645985A/en
Application filed by Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc filed Critical Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc
Priority to US08/599,738 priority Critical patent/US6380368B1/en
Assigned to ISIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. reassignment ISIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: GILEAD SCIENCES, INC.
Priority to US10/024,818 priority patent/US6962783B2/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US6380368B1 publication Critical patent/US6380368B1/en
Priority to US10/294,203 priority patent/US6875593B2/en
Priority to US10/730,643 priority patent/US7057027B2/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Expired - Fee Related legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06—Pyrimidine radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/06—Pyrimidine radicals
    • C07H19/10—Pyrimidine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H19/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof
    • C07H19/02—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing one ring hetero atom with a saccharide radical; Nucleosides; Mononucleotides; Anhydro-derivatives thereof sharing nitrogen
    • C07H19/04—Heterocyclic radicals containing only nitrogen atoms as ring hetero atom
    • C07H19/16—Purine radicals
    • C07H19/20—Purine radicals with the saccharide radical esterified by phosphoric or polyphosphoric acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H21/00—Compounds containing two or more mononucleotide units having separate phosphate or polyphosphate groups linked by saccharide radicals of nucleoside groups, e.g. nucleic acids
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12Q—MEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/68—Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving nucleic acids
    • C12Q1/6813—Hybridisation assays
    • C12Q1/6839—Triple helix formation or other higher order conformations in hybridisation assays

Definitions

  • the invention relates generally to novel nucleomonomer and oligomer analogs, and to oligonucleotide-based therapy and diagnosis by binding of the oligonucleotide analogs to single or double-stranded nucleic acid target sequences. More specifically, the invention concerns oligomers containing certain 5-substituted pyrimidine base residues and intermediates in their synthesis.
  • oligonucleotides have been shown to bind in a sequence-specific manner to duplex DNA to form triplexes.
  • Single-stranded nucleic acid primarily RNA
  • RNA is the target molecule for oligonucleotides that are used to inhibit gene expression by an “antisense” mechanism (Uhlmann, E., et al, Chem Reviews (1990) 90:543-584; van der Krol, A. R., et al, Biotechniques (1988) 6:958-976).
  • Antisense oligonucleotides are postulated to exert an effect on target gene expression by hybridizing with a complementary RNA sequence. In this model, the hybrid RNA-oligonucleotide duplex interferes with one or more aspects of RNA metabolism including processing, translation and metabolic turnover. Chemically modified oligonucleotides have been used to enhance their nuclease stability.
  • Duplex DNA can be specifically recognized by oligomers based on a recognizable nucleomonomer sequence.
  • Two major recognition motifs have been recognized.
  • C C basepairs
  • thymine residues recognize A-T basepairs in the duplex.
  • GT additional motif
  • G-T motif A-T pairs are recognized by adenine or thymine residues and G-C pairs by guanine residues.
  • the recognition sequence of the oligomer must align with the complementary sequence of the purine chain of the duplex; thus, recognition, for example, of an A-T pair by a thymine, depends on the location of the adenyl residues along the purine chain of the duplex.
  • An exception to the foregoing is the recent report by Griffin, L. C., et al., Science (1989) 245:967-971, that limited numbers of guanine residues can be provided within pyrimidine-rich oligomers and specifically recognize thymine-adenine base pairs; this permits the inclusion of at least a limited number of pyrimidine residues in the homopurine target.
  • the two motifs exhibit opposite binding orientations with regard to homopurine target chains in the duplex.
  • the targeting oligonucleotide is oriented parallel to the target purine-rich sequence; in the GT motif, the oligonucleotide is oriented antiparallel (Beal, P. A., et al., Science (1990) 25:1360-1363).
  • the efficiency of binding by C residues in CT motif oligomers is reduced as the pH of hybridization is increased.
  • the protonated tautomer of C (C + ) is the binding competent species in Hoogsteen binding, but is present at only low levels at physiological pH. This is consonant with the pK a of cytosine which is 4.25.
  • Base analogs such as 5-methylcytosine, pK a 4.35, (Lee, J. S. et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1984) 12:6603-6614), 8-oxo-N 6 -methyladenine (Krawczyk, S. H. et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1992) 89:3761-3764; International Application No.
  • Sequence-specific targeting of both single-stranded and duplex target sequences has applications in diagnosis, analysis, and therapy. Under some circumstances wherein such binding is to be effected, it is advantageous to stabilize the resulting duplex or triplex over long time periods.
  • Covalent crosslinking of the oligomer to the target provides one approach to prolong stabilization.
  • Sequence-specific recognition of single-stranded DNA accompanied by covalent crosslinking has been reported by several groups.
  • Vlassov, V. V., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:4065-4076 describe covalent bonding of a single-stranded DNA fragment with alkylating derivatives of nucleomonomers complementary to target sequences.
  • a report of similar work by the same group is that by Knorre, D. G., et al., Biochimie (1985) 67:785-789.
  • N 4 ,N 4 -ethanocytosine as an alkylating agent to crosslink to single-stranded and double-stranded oligomers has also been described (Webb and Matteucci, J Am Chem Soc (1986) 108:2764-2765; Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:7661-7674; Shaw, J. P., et al, J Am Chem Soc (1991) 13:7765-7766). These papers also describe the synthesis of oligonucleotides containing the derivatized cytosine.
  • Vlassov, V. V. et al., Gene (1988) 313-322 and Fedorova, O. S. et al., FEBS (1988) 228:273-276 describe targeting duplex DNA with an alkylating agent linked through a 5′-phosphate of an oligonucleotide.
  • oligomers of inverted polarity can be provided.
  • inverted polarity is meant that the oligomer contains tandem sequences which have opposite polarity, i. e., one having polarity 5′ ⁇ 3′ followed by another with polarity 3′ ⁇ 5′, or vice versa. This implies that these sequences are joined by linkages which can be thought of as effectively a 3′-3′ internucleoside junction (however the linkage is accomplished), or effectively a 5′-5′ internucleoside junction.
  • triple helix or triplex complexes as a means for inhibition of the expression of target gene expression has been previously adduced (International Application No. PCT/US89/05769). Triple helix structures have been shown to interfere with target gene expression (International Application No. PCT/US91/09321; Young, S. L. et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1991) 88:10023-10026), demonstrating the feasibility of this approach.
  • European patent application 0492570 published Jul. 1, 1992 describes a method for detecting a target polynucleotide using a single-stranded polynucleotide probe in which an intercalating molecule is attached by a linker which comprises at least 3 carbon atoms and a double bond at the alpha position relative to the base.
  • PCT patent publication WO 92/02258 describes nuclease resistant, pyrimidine modified oligomers including a substituent-group at the 5 or 6 positions, including phenyl. 5-Phenyl-2′-deoxyuridine has been subsequently incorporated into oligomers and shown to decrease the binding affinity of oligomers containing this modification for both single stranded and double stranded target sequences.
  • Oligomers having enhanced affinity for complementary target nucleic acid sequences would have improved properties for diagnostic applications, therapeutic applications and research reagents. Thus, a need exists for oligomers with enhanced binding affinity for complementary sequences. Oligomers of the present invention have improved binding affinity for double stranded and/or single stranded target sequences.
  • FIG. 1 Dimer synthons containing bases of the invention.
  • FIG. 2 Dimer synthons containing bases of the invention and containing 5 and 6 membered riboacetal type linkages.
  • FIG. 3 Dimer synthons containing bases of the invention and containing 6 and 7 membered riboacetal type linkages.
  • FIG. 4 Synthesis of monomers containing 2′-O-allyl modifications.
  • FIG. 5 Synthesis of o-xylene linked switchback dimers (synthetic method #1).
  • FIG. 6 Synthesis of monomers containing 2′-S-alkyl modifications.
  • FIG. 7 Synthesis of dimer linked by a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (method #2).
  • FIG. 8 Synthesis of trimer linked by a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (method #2).
  • FIG. 9 Synthesis of dimer linked by a riboacetal linkage (method #3).
  • FIG. 10 Coupling groups for oligomer synthesis via amidite or triester chemistry.
  • FIG. 11 Synthesis of dimer linked by a formacetal linkage (method #2).
  • FIG. 12 oligomer synthesis by (1) hydrogen-phosphonate, (2) amidite chemistry and (3) methyl phosphonate derivatives (method #1).
  • FIG. 13 Synthesis of a monomer for an oligomer containing amide linkages (method #4).
  • FIG. 14 Synthesis of the 5-((1-ethynyl)-2pyrimidinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine nucleomonomer.
  • FIG. 15 Synthesis of 5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine and 5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxycytidine nucleomonomers.
  • FIG. 16 Synthesis of 5-(2-thienyl)-2′-deoxyuridine derivative.
  • FIG. 17 Oligomers containing amide substitute linkages; repeating nucleomonomer units and exemplary amide-linked oligomer structures.
  • FIG. 18 Dimers synthons containing bases of the invention and having exemplary 2′,5′ linkages; thioformacetal and carbamate linkages.
  • Structural formulas that are described herein are designated as a numeral in parentheses ((1), (2), etc.) and chemical compounds are designated as an underlined numeral (1, 2, etc.).
  • the invention provides an oligomer comprising at least two and preferably a multiplicity of nucleomonomers wherein at least one nucleomonomer comprises a base of formula (1) or (2)
  • each X is independently O or S;
  • R 2 is a group comprising at least one pi bond connected to a carbon atom attached to the base
  • Pr is (H) 2 or a protecting group
  • nucleomonomers of said oligomer comprises deoxyuridine 5-substituted by vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl, or 1-octynyl, then the remainder of the nucleomonomers comprising said oligomer are not solely comprised of phosphodiester linked 2′-deoxyadenosine, 2′-deoxyguanosine, 2′-deoxycytidine, thymidine or a combination thereof.
  • Nucleomonomer means a moiety comprising (1) a base covalently linked to (2) a second moiety.
  • Nucleomonomers include nucleosides and nucleotides. Nucleomonomers can be linked to form oligomers that bind to target or complementary base sequences in nucleic acids in a sequence specific manner.
  • a “second moiety” as used herein includes those species which contain modifications of the sugar moiety, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with a halogen, a heteroatom, an aliphatic groups, or are functionalized as ethers, amines, and the like.
  • the pentose moiety can be replaced by a hexose or an alternate structure such as a cyclopentane ring, a 6-member morpholino ring and the like.
  • Nucleosides as defined herein are also intended to include a base linked to an amino acid and/or an amino acid analog having a free carboxyl group and/or a free amino group and/or protected forms thereof.
  • Base as used herein includes those moieties which contain not only the known purine and pyrimidine heterocycles and the invention pyrimidines, but also heterocycle analogs and tautomers thereof.
  • Purines include adenine, guanine and xanthine and exemplary purine analogs include 8-oxo-N 6 -methyladenine and 7-deazaxanthine.
  • Pyrimidines include uracil and cytosine and their analogs such as 5-methylcytosine, 5-methyluracil and 4,4-ethanocytosine.
  • Invention bases are pyrimidines derivatized at the 5-position.
  • the derivatives are 1-alkenyl-, 1-alkynyl-, heteroaromatic- and 1-alkynyl-heteroaromatic modifications.
  • “1-Alkenyl” means an olefinically-unsaturated (double bond containing) acyclic group.
  • “1-Alkynyl” means an acetylenically-unsaturated (triple bond containing) acylic group.
  • Heteroaromatic means a compound having at least one heterocyclic ring, 5 or 6 ring atoms, having physical and chemical properties resembling compounds such as an aromatic group.
  • Heteroaromatic also means systems having one or more rings, including bicyclic moieties such as benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, and indole.
  • a base also includes heterocycles such as 2-aminopyridine and triazines.
  • 1-Alkynyl-heteroaromatic means 1-ethynyl-heteroaryl wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
  • nucleoside means a base covalently attached to a sugar or sugar analog and which may contain a phosphite or phosphine.
  • nucleoside includes ribonucleosides, deoxyribonucleosides, or any other nucleoside which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a base.
  • the stereochemistry of the sugar carbons can be other than that of D-ribose.
  • Nucleosides include those species which contain modifications of the sugar moiety, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with a halogen, a heteroatom, an aliphatic groups, or are functionalized as ethers, amines, thiols, and the like.
  • the pentose moiety can be replaced by a hexose or an alternate structure such as a cyclopentane ring, a 6-member morpholino ring and the like.
  • Nucleosides as defined herein are also intended to include a base linked to an amino acid and/or an amino acid analog having a free carboxyl group and/or a free amino group and/or protected forms thereof.
  • nucleotide means nucleoside having a phosphate group or phosphate analog.
  • sugar modification means any pentose or hexose moiety other than 2′-deoxyribose. Modified sugars include D-ribose, 2′-O-alkyl, 2′-amino, 2′-halo functionalized pentoses, hexoses and the like. Sugars having a stereochemistry other than that of a D-ribose are also included.
  • Linkage means a phosphodiester moiety (—O—P(O)(O)—O—) that covalently couples adjacent nucleomonomers.
  • Substitute Linkages means any analog of the native phosphodiester group that covalently couples adjacent nucleomonomers.
  • Substitute linkages include phosphodiester analogs, e.g. such as phosphorothioate and methylphosphonate, and nonphosphorus containing linkages, e.g. such as acetals and amides.
  • switchback means an oligomer having at least one region of inverted polarity. Switchback oligomers are able to bind to opposite strands of a duplex to form a triplex on both strands of the duplex.
  • the linker joining the regions of inverted polarity is a substitute linkage.
  • Oligomers are defined herein as two or more nucleomonomers covalently coupled to each other by a linkage or substitute linkage moiety. Thus, an oligomer can have as few as two nucleomonomers (a dimer). Oligomers can be binding competent and, thus, can base pair with cognate single-stranded or double-stranded nucleic acid sequences. Oligomers (e.g. dimers—hexamers) are also useful as synthons for longer oligomers as described herein. Oligomers can also contain abasic sites and pseudonucleosides.
  • blocking group refers to a substituent other than H that is conventionally attached to oligomers or nucleomonomers, either as a protecting group, a coupling group for synthesis, PO 3 ⁇ 2 , or other conventional conjugate such as a solid support.
  • blocking group is not intended to be construed solely as a protecting group, according to slang terminology, but also includes, for example, coupling groups such as a hydrogen phosphonate or a phosphoramidite.
  • Protecting group means any group capable of preventing the O-atom or N-atom to which it is attached from participating in a reaction or bonding. Such protecting groups for O- and N-atoms in nucleomonomers are described and methods for their introduction are conventionally known in the art. Protecting groups also prevent reactions and bonding at carboxylic acids, thiols and the like.
  • Coupling group as used herein means any group suitable for generating a linkage or substitute linkage between nucleomonomers such as a hydrogen phosphonate and a phosphoramidite.
  • Conjugate as used herein means any group attached to the oligomer at a terminal end or within the oligomer itself. Conjugates include solid supports, such as silica gel, controlled pore glass and polystyrene; labels, such as fluorescent, chemiluminescent, radioactive, enzymatic moieties and reporter groups; oligomer transport agents, such as polycations, serum proteins and glycoproteins and polymers and the like.
  • Pi bond as used herein means an unsaturated covalent bond such as a double or triple bond. Both atoms can be carbon or one can be carbon and the other nitrogen, for example, phenyl, propynyl, cyano and the like.
  • Synthon as used herein means a structural unit within a molecule that can be formed and/or assembled by known or conceivable synthetic operations.
  • Transfection refers to any method that is suitable for enhanced delivery of oligomers into cells.
  • Subject as used herein means an animal, including a mammal, particularly a human.
  • Oligomers including either or both of the modified bases (1) or (2) show enhanced binding capacities in the formation of duplexes or triplexes with single-stranded RNA or DNA or duplex target sequences, respectively.
  • the additional nucleomonomer modifications can vary widely as discussed hereinafter.
  • the additional modification is at least one substitute linkage or a sugar modification such as a 2′-substituted deoxyribose.
  • substitution of a base (1) or (2) of the invention such as in 5-(1-alkenyl)-, 5-(1-alkynyl)-, 5-heteroaromatic- or 1-alkynyl-heteroaromatic substituted bases for thymine or cytosine in oligomers which target DNA duplexes provides binding competent oligomers with enhanced binding affinity.
  • Substitution for thymine base residues by the 5-substituted uracil or thiouracil base residues of the invention or substitution for cytosine or 2-thiocytosine base residues by the 5-substituted cytosine base residues of the invention enhance the ability of the resulting oligomer to bind single-stranded DNA or RNA targets.
  • some of the 5-substituted pyrimidine base residues significantly enhance triple helix formation with double stranded DNA.
  • substitution of 5-R 2 substituted U (5-R 2 -U) for T in oligomers results in enhanced ability to form triplexes and duplexes as compared with the oligomers containing thymine.
  • 5-R 2 -U in these oligomers in triplex formation recognizes adenine residues in adenine-thymine base pairs when hybridized in the parallel CT triplex motif.
  • Oligomers having 8-oxo-N 6 -methyladenine (a cytosine analog for triplex binding) and 5-R 2 -U also bind in the CT motif.
  • Oligomers having 5-R 2 -U and guanine are suitable for triplex binding to duplex sequences via the GT motif (5-R 2 -U recognizes adenine).
  • Some oligomers containing substitution of 5-R 2 substituted C (5-R 2 -C) in place of C bind duplex DNA, but not as well as control oligomers containing 5-methylcytosine at corresponding positions.
  • the reduced efficiency of triplex formation is believed to result primarily from the reduced pK a of the substituted base.
  • the pK a is only 3.30.
  • the oligomers of the invention are thus capable of forming triplexes with various target sequences such as those found in oncogenes or viruses by binding in the major groove of a target DNA duplex under physiological pH conditions.
  • oligomers of the invention containing 5-R 2 substituted U in place of T and/or 5-R 2 substituted C in place of C were also found to bind single-stranded RNA efficiently. Oligomers containing either 5-R 2 -C or 5-R 2 -U formed duplex structures with complementary single-stranded RNA that had increased thermal stability (T m ) compared to the duplex formed by a control oligomer as described below.
  • the invention is directed to an oligomer comprising at least two and preferably, a multiplicity, of nucleomonomers wherein at least one said nucleomonomer comprises a base of formula (1) or (2) above.
  • each X is O, i.e. formula (1) is uracil and formula (2) is cytosine.
  • Other suitable pyrimidines include 4-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 2,4-dithiouracil and 2-thiocytosine.
  • R 2 is cyano, C 1-12 1-alkenyl or 1-alkynyl or is a C 1-12 heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms is N, S or O.
  • R 2 is a C 2-8 1-alkenyl or 1-alkynyl or a C 2-8 heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one ring atom is N and optionally a second ring atom is N, S or O.
  • 1-alkenyl is meant an olefinically-unsaturated acyclic group, for example, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl optionally substituted by halogen or an alkynyl group.
  • 1-alkynyl an acetylenically-unsaturated acylic group, such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 1,3-pentadiynyl, and the like optionally substituted by an aryl or heteroaryl group, such as phenylethynyl, pyridine-ethynyl, pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, thiophene-ethynyl, thiazole-ethynyl and imidazole-ethynyl.
  • aryl or heteroaryl group such as phenylethynyl, pyridine-ethynyl, pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, thiophene-ethynyl, thiazole-ethynyl and
  • heterocyclic is meant a compound having at least one heterocyclic ring having physical and chemical properties resembling compounds such as an aromatic group of from 5 to 6 ring atoms and 2 to 12 carbon atoms in which one to three ring atoms is N, S or O, for example, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-thiazoyl, triazinyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 2-pyridinyl (o-pyridinyl), 3-pyridinyl (m-pyridinyl), 4-pyridinyl (p-pyridinyl), 2-thienyl, 2-furanyl, 2-pyrrolyl optionally substituted preferably on a ring C by oxygen, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms or halogen or on a ring N by alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms.
  • Preferred substituents on the heteroaryl group are methyl, ethyl, trifluory
  • Preferred oligomers contain one or more 5-R 2 -U or 5-R 2 -C bases.
  • the oligomer comprises at least one base of formula (1) or (2) wherein each X is independently O or S; and R 2 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethynyl, 2-, 3-, and 4-pyridine-ethynyl, 2-, 4 - and 5-pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, 2-, 4 - and 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-, 4- and 5-thiazolyl, 1-methyl-2-imidazolyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl, 2-, 4 - and 5-oxazolyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, 2-pyridinyl, 2- and 3-furanyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-thienyl-ethynyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4 - and 5-thiazoyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4 - and 5-oxazolyl-eth
  • Pr is (H) 2 or a protecting group.
  • Examples of —C ⁇ C—Z include 1-propynyl (—C ⁇ C—CH 3 ), 3-buten-1-ynyl (—C ⁇ C—CH ⁇ CH 2 ), 3-methyl-1-butynyl (—C ⁇ C—CH(CH 3 ) 2 ), 3,3-dimethyl-1-butynyl (—C ⁇ C—C(CH 3 ) 3 ), 1-butynyl (—C ⁇ C—CH 2 —CH 3 ), 1,3-pentadiynyl (—C ⁇ C—C ⁇ C—CH 3 ) and ethynyl.
  • Preferred halogens are selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine and bromine. Substitutions including bromovinyl can be included in the oligomers.
  • aspects of the invention include the use of nucleomonomers, two linked nucleomonomers (dimers), three linked nucleomonomers (trimers), four linked nucleomonomers (tetramers), five linked nucleomonomers (pentamers) or six linked nucleomonomers (hexamers) as intermediates in the synthesis of the longer oligomers of the invention.
  • These oligomers are valuable synthons of the invention that are useful in the synthesis of longer oligomers.
  • the invention is directed to duplexes or triplexes obtained by binding the foregoing oligomers to single-stranded or duplex nucleic acid targets.
  • oligomers of the invention include an o-xyloso dimer having the structural formula (5),
  • each Y is independently an oligomer or R 1 ; and each B is independently a base provided that at least one B is a base of formula (1) or (2) wherein R 2 is as defined herein.
  • the oligomers of the invention are also suitable for binding to DNA duplex target sequences via either CT or GT triple helix binding motif.
  • novel oligomers of the present invention are useful in antisense therapies wherein an oligomer hydridizes with a selected complementary RNA sequence or triple helix therapies wherein an oligomer hydridizes with a selected complementary DNA sequence.
  • the invention is also directed to an oligomer of the invention comprising a positive modification of least one base of formula (1) or (2) of the invention and a negative modification, each with respect to the binding affinity of the oligomer to a complementary nucleic acid sequence.
  • the positive modification counteracts the effect of the negative modification to a degree that is more than additive with respect to the binding affinity, thus a synergistic effect is observed.
  • An aspect of the invention is the inclusion of the invention bases in oligomers that are resistant to nuclease degradation relative to an oligodeoxynucleotide having no modifications.
  • Nuclease resistant oligomers of the invention are advantageously used under conditions where nucleases are present.
  • nuclease stability by oligomers of the invention is an important functional aspect of the oligomer.
  • compositions, reagents and kits comprising the oligomers of the invention, to methods of treating conditions, such as cancers and viruses or the like.
  • conditions such as cancers and viruses or the like.
  • Such conditions are associated with or characterized by particular nucleic acids such as DNA duplexes or single-stranded RNA or DNA.
  • An additional aspect of the invention includes methods of detecting the presence, absence or amount of a particular single-stranded DNA or RNA or a particular target duplex in a biological (or other) sample using the oligomers of the invention, to detect selected nucleic acid sequences. Such sequences can be associated with the presence of neoplastic growth, viruses or disease conditions.
  • Reagents and kits containing oligomers of the invention represent an aspect of the invention that permit facile use of the oligomers as reagents useful for
  • oligomers of the invention have enhanced binding properties with respect to complementary single-stranded and double-stranded nucleic acid sequences as compared to unmodified oligomers not having the 5-substitution of the invention.
  • Triple helix structures can be formed at physiological pH levels of 7.0 and higher, where unmodified control oligomers were less efficient. Improved duplex formation is also noted.
  • a feature of the invention is that the oligomers of the invention can be comprised of a variety of different sequences and thereby used to target a variety of different single-stranded or double-stranded target sequences.
  • An advantage of the present invention is that the oligomers of the invention are capable of forming triplexes under physiological pH conditions.
  • oligomers containing 5-R 2 substituted uracil or cytosine base (1) or (2) of the invention compared to oligomers containing thymine or cytosine is that the lipophilic group (R 2 ) can enhance cell permeation or uptake.
  • the nucleomonomers containing these bases are more lipophilic than uridine, cytidine or thymidine based on retention times on reverse phase HPLC.
  • Oligomers that are comprised of nucleomonomers can also contain modifications in addition to the 5-modified pyrimidines of the invention.
  • a non-limiting exemplary list of such additional modifications includes oligomers where (i) one or more nucleomonomer residues are modified at the 2′ position, (ii) one or more covalent crosslinking moieties are incorporated, (iii) inverted polarity linkers are incorporated, (iv) substitute linkages are included, (v) other base analogs, such as 8-oxo-N 6 -methyladenine, are included and (vi) conjugates such as intercalating agents or polylysine that respectively enhance binding affinity to target nucleic acid sequences or that enhance association of the oligomer with cells are included.
  • the ability of the 5-substitution of the bases (1) and (2) of the invention to enhance affinity of the oligomer for single-stranded and duplex targets permits further modifications to the oligomer in which they are contained. These further modifications may or may not diminish affinity, but also confer other useful properties such as stability to nuclease cleavage, ability to permeate cell membranes, and the like. Any decrease in binding affinity resulting from the further modifications (negative modification) is acceptable because of the enhanced affinity conferred by the 5-substituted bases (1) and (2).
  • particularly preferred oligomers of the invention can contain substitute linkages and/or modified sugars, as well as the 5-substituted pyrimidine bases (1) and (2) of the invention.
  • the oligomers can also contain additional modifications in the nucleomonomers that contain these 5-modified pyrimidines or in other nucleomonomers that comprise the oligomer.
  • oligomers containing one or more substitute linkages such as sulfide or sulfone linkages (Benner, S. A., International Publication No. WO 89/12060), sulfamate linkages (International Publication No. WO 91/15500), carbamate linkages in morpholino-linked oligomers (Stirchak, E. P. et al Nucleic Acids Res (1989) 17:6129-6141) and related linkages in morpholino oligomers of the formula (7) shown in FIG.
  • X 2 is CO, CS or SO 2 ;
  • X 3 is O, S, NH, NCH 3 , CH 2 , CF 2 or CHF; each Y is independently an oligomer or R 1 and each B is independently chosen and has the previously defined meaning, provided that at least one B is a base of formula (1) or (2).
  • R 1 and B are independently chosen and have the meanings defined above;
  • R 3 has the meaning as defined above
  • X 3 is independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, NCH 3 , CH 2 , CF 2 and CFH;
  • X 4 is independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, SO, SO 2 , CH 2 , CO, CF 2 , CS, NH and NR 4 wherein R 4 is lower alkyl (C 1-4 ; methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or isobutyl);
  • X 5 is selected from the group consisting of O, CO, S, CH 2 , CS, NH and NR 4 ;
  • X 6 is selected from the group consisting of CH, N, CF, CCl, and CR 5 wherein R 5 is methyl or lower alkyl (C 2-4 ) fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl or lower fluoroalkyl (C 2-4 , F 1-5 );
  • X 7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH 2 , CO, CF 2 and CS,
  • At least one B is of the formula (1) or (2) as defined above;
  • no adjacent X 4 , X 5 or X 7 are O (i.e., —O—O—, a peroxide).
  • oligomers containing nucleomonomer residues linked via amide bonds are also included.
  • Exemplary linkages have been described (Nielsen, P. E., et al, Science (1991) 254:1497-1500; commonly owned copending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/889,736, filed Can 28, 1992, and Ser. No. 07/894,397, filed Jun. 5, 1992, both incorporated herein by reference).
  • oligomer includes oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides, polydeoxyribonucleotides (containing 2′-deoxy-D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., DNA, polyribonucleotides (containing D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., RNA, and any other type of polynucleotide which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base. Oligomer as used herein is also intended to include compounds where adjacent nucleomonomers are linked via amide linkages as previously described (Nielsen, P.
  • oligomers containing the bases of the present invention The enhanced competence of binding by oligomers containing the bases of the present invention is believed to be primarily a function of the base alone. Because of this, elements ordinarily found in oligomers, such as the furanose ring and/or the phosphodiester linkage can be replaced with any suitable functionally equivalent element. “Oligomer” is thus intended to include any structure that serves as a scaffold or support for the bases wherein the scaffold permits binding to target nucleic acids in a sequence-dependent manner.
  • Oligomers that are currently known can be defined into four groups that can be characterized as having (i) phosphodiester and phosphodiester analog (phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, etc) linkages, (ii) substitute linkages that contain a non-phosphorous isostere (formacetal, riboacetal, carbamate, etc), (iii) morpholino residues, carbocyclic residues or other furanose sugars, such as arabinose, or a hexose in place of ribose or deoxyribose and (iv) nucleomonomers linked via amide bonds or acyclic nucleomonomers linked via any suitable substitute linkage.
  • the oligomers of the invention can be formed using invention and conventional nucleomonomers and synthesized using standard solid phase (or solution phase) oligomer synthesis techniques, which are now commercially available.
  • the invention oligomers can be synthesized by a method comprising the steps of: synthesizing a nucleomonomer or oligomer synthon having a protecting group and a base and a coupling group capable of coupling to a nucleomonomer or oligomer; coupling the nucleomonomer or oligomer synthon to an acceptor nucleomonomer or an acceptor oligomer; removing the protecting group; and repeating the cycle as needed until the desired oligomer is synthesized.
  • the oligomers of the present invention can be of any length including those of greater than 40, 50 or 100 nucleomonomers. In general, preferred oligomers contain 2-30 nucleomonomers. Lengths of greater than or equal to about 8 to 20 nucleomonomers are useful for therapeutic or diagnostic applications. Short oligomers containing 2, 3, 4 or 5 nucleomonomers are specifically included in the present invention and are useful as synthons.
  • Oligomers having a randomized sequence and containing about 6 or 7 nucleomonomers are useful for primers that are used in cloning or amplification protocols that use random sequence primers, provided that the oligomer contains residues that can serve as a primer for polymerases or reverse transcriptases.
  • Oligomers can contain conventional phosphodiester linkages or can contain substitute linkages such as phosphoramidate linkages. These substitute linkages include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein a moiety of the formula —O—P(O)(S)—O— (“phosphorothioate”), —O—P(S)(S)—O— (“phosphorodithioate”), —O—P(O)(NR′ 2 )—X—, —O—P(O)(R′)—O—, —O—P(S) (R′)—O— (“thionoalkylphosphonate”), —P(O)(OR 6 )—X—, —O—C(O)—X—, or —O—C(O)(NR′ 2 )—X—, wherein R′ is H (or a salt) or alkyl (1-12C) and R 6 is alkyl (1-9C) and the linkage is joined to adjacent nucleomonomers through an —O
  • Phosphorothioate and phosphodiester linkages are shown in FIG. 12 .
  • preferred substitute linkages for use in the oligomers of the present invention include phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate and thionomethylphosphonate linkages.
  • Phosphorothioate and methylphosphonate linkages confer added stability to the oligomer in physiological environments. While not all such linkages in the same oligomer need be identical, particularly preferred oligomers of the invention contain uniformly phosphorothioate linkages or uniformly methylphosphonate linkages.
  • Any pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be used and such salt forming materials are well known in the art.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferably metal or ammonium salts of said oligomers of the invention and include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., the sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salt; or advantageously easily crystallizing ammonium salts derived from ammonia or organic amines, such as mono-, di- or tri-lower (alkyl, cycloalkyl or hydroxyalkyl)-amides, lower alkylenediamines or lower (hydroxyalkyl or arylalkyl)-alkylammonium bases, e.g.
  • alkali or alkaline earth metal salts e.g., the sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salt
  • ammonium salts derived from ammonia or organic amines such as mono-, di- or tri-lower (alkyl, cycloalkyl or hydroxyalkyl)-amides, lower alkylenediamines or lower (hydroxyalkyl or arylalkyl)-al
  • the oligomers of the invention form acid addition salts, which are preferably such of therapeutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids, such as strong mineral acids, for example hydrohalic, e.g., hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid; sulfuric, phosphoric; aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulfonic acids, e.g., formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycollic, lactic, malic, tartaric, gluconic, citric, ascorbic, maleic, fumaric, hydroxymaleic, pyruvic, phenylacetic, benzoic, 4-aminobenzoic, anthranilic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, salicylic, 4-aminosalicylic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, sulfanilic or cyclohexylsulfamic acid and the like.
  • hydrohalic e
  • blocking group refers to a substituent other than H that is conventionally coupled to oligomers or nucleomonomers, either as a protecting group, a coupling group for synthesis, PO 3 ⁇ 2 , or other conventional conjugate such as a solid support, label, antibody, monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof and the like.
  • blocking group is not intended to be construed solely as a protecting group, according to slang terminology, but is meant also to include, for example, coupling groups such as a H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite.
  • protecting group is meant is any group capable of protecting the O-atom or N-atom to which it is attached from participating in a reaction or bonding.
  • Such protecting groups for N-atoms on a base moiety in a nucleomonomer and their introduction are conventionally known in the art.
  • suitable protecting groups include diisobutylformamidine, benzoyl and the like.
  • Suitable “protecting groups” for O-atoms are, for example, DMT, MMT, or FMOC.
  • Suitable coupling groups are, for example, H-phosphonate, a methylphosphonamidite, or a phosphoramidite.
  • Phosphoramidites that can be used include ⁇ -cyanoethylphosphoramidites (preferred). Methylphosphonamidites, alkylphosphonamidites (including ethylphosphonamidites and propylphosphonamidites) can also be used. Exemplary phosphoramidites are shown in FIGS. 10-1 and 10 - 2 .
  • Suitable protecting groups are DMT (dimethoxy trityl), MMT (monomethoxytrityl) or FMOC at the 5′ terminus and/or hydrogen phosphonate, methyl phosphoramidite, methyl phosphonamidite, ⁇ -cyanoethylphosphoramidite at the 3′-terminus.
  • Protecting groups such as diisobutylformamidine, benzoyl, isobutyryl, FMOC, dialkylformamidine, dialkylacetamidine or other groups known in the art can be used to protect the exocyclic nitrogen of the cytosine heterocycle.
  • cytidine precursors can be directly incorporated into oligomers without a protecting group at the exocyclic nitrogen using described methods (Gryaznov, S. M. et al, J Amer Chem Soc (1991) 13:5876-5877; Gryaznov, S.
  • Synthesis of oligomers having bases (1) or (2) containing an R 2 as ethynyl heteroaryl substituents is preferably accomplished using 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (FMOC) for protection of the 5′-hydroxyl position as described (Lehman, C., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1989) 17:2379-2390).
  • FMOC 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl
  • Preferred protecting groups are DMT (dimethoxy trityl), MMT (monomethoxytrityl) or FMOC at the 5′ terminus and/or hydrogen phosphonate, methyl phosphoramidite, methyl phosphonamidite, ⁇ -cyanoethylphosphoramidite at the 3′-terminus.
  • the position of the blocking groups can be reversed as needed (e.g., a phosphoramidite at the 5′-position and DMT at the 3′-position).
  • the nucleomonomers and oligomers of the invention can be derivatized to such “blocking groups” as indicated in the relevant formulas by methods known in the art.
  • Suitable coupling groups are, for example, H-phosphonate, a methylphosphonamidite, or a phosphoramidite.
  • Phosphoramidites that can be used include ⁇ -cyanoethylphosphoramidites (preferred). Methylphosphonamidites, alkylphosphonamidites (including ethylphosphonamidites and propylphosphonamidites) can also be used. Exemplary phosphoramidites are shown in FIGS. 10-1 and 10 - 2 .
  • Suitable “coupling groups” at the 3′, 2′ or 5′ position for oligomer synthesis via phosphoramidite triester chemistry include N,N-diisopropylamino- ⁇ -cyanoethoxyphosphine, N,N-diisopropylamino-methoxyphosphine, N,N-diethylamino- ⁇ -cyanoethoxyphosphine, (N-morpholino)- ⁇ -cyanoethoxyphosphine, and (N-morpholino)-methoxyphosphine (Moore, M. F.
  • Methylphosphonate oligomers can be conveniently synthesized using coupling groups such as N,N-diisopropylamino-methylphosphonamidite, and N,N-diethylamino-methylphosponamidite.
  • Synthesis of nucleomonomer amidites of the invention can be accomplished by conventional methods (for example, Gryaznov, S. M., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1992) 20:1879-1882; Vinayak, R., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1992) 20:1265-1269; Sinha, N. D., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1984) 12:4539-4557; and other references cited herein).
  • Suitable coupling groups at the 3′, 2′ (or 5′) position for oligomer synthesis via phosphate triester chemistry include 2-chlorophenyl phosphate, 4-chlorophenyl phosphate, 2,4-dichlorophenyl phosphate and 2,4,-dibromophenyl phosphate nucleotide diester derivatives or, for synthesis of phosphorothioate linkages, the thiono derivatives thereof (Marugg, J.
  • Oligomers or the segments thereof are conventionally synthesized.
  • the synthetic methods known in the art and described herein can be used to synthesize oligomers containing bases of the invention, as well as other bases known in the art, using appropriately protected nucleomonomers (see FIG. 12 ).
  • Methods for the synthesis of oligomers are found, for example, in Froehler, B., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:5399-5467; Nucleic Acids Res (1988) 16:4831-4839; Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:287-291; Froehler, B., Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:5575-5578; Caruthers, M. H.
  • conjugates of oligomers.
  • Conjugates include those conventionally recognized in the art.
  • the oligomers can be covalently linked to various moieties such as, intercalators, and substances which interact specifically with the minor groove of the DNA double helix.
  • Other chosen conjugate moieties can be labels such as radioactive, fluorescent, enzyme, or moieties which facilitate cell association using cleavage linkers and the like.
  • Suitable radiolabels include 32 P, 35 S, 3 H and 14 C; and suitable fluorescent labels include fluorescein, resorufin, rhodamine, BODIPY (Molecular Probes) and texas red; suitable enzymes include alkaline phosphatase and horseradish peroxidase.
  • Other compounds which can be used as covalently linked moieties include biotin, antibodies or antibody fragments, transferrin and the HIV Tat protein can also conveniently be linked to the oligomers of the invention.
  • intercalators such as acridine or psoralen can be linked to the oligomers of the invention through any available —OH or —SH, e.g., at the terminal 5′-position of the oligomer, the 2′-positions of RNA, or an OH, NH 2 , COOH or SH incorporated into the 5-position of pyrimidines.
  • a derivatized form which contains, for example, —CH 2 CH 2 NH 2 , —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 OH or —CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 SH in the 5-position is preferred.
  • Conjugates including polylysine or lysine can be synthesized as described and can further enhance the binding affinity of an oligomer to its target nucleic acid sequence (Lemaitre, M. et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci (1987) 84:648-652; Lemaitre, M. et al., Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:311-315).
  • substituents can be attached, including those bound through linkages or substitute linkages.
  • the —OH moieties in the oligomers can be replaced by phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or coupling groups to prepare additional linkages to other nucleomonomers, or can be bound to the conjugated substituent.
  • the 5′-terminal OH can be phosphorylated; the 2′ —OH or OH substituents at the 3′-terminus can also be phosphorylated.
  • the hydroxyls can also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
  • Oligomers of the invention can be covalently derivatized to moieties that facilitate cell association using cleavable linkers.
  • Linkers used for such conjugates can include disulfide linkages that are reduced after the oligomer-transport agent conjugate has entered a cell.
  • Appropriate molecular linkers include for example, —Y 1 —X 8 CH 2 CHR 7 —SS—CHR 7 CH 2 X 8 —Y 1 — wherein each Y 1 is independently alkylene (C 1-6 ; including methylene, ethylene and propylene), or CO, each X 8 is independently O, S(O)(O), S(O), NR 7 , CH 2 , C(R 7 ) 2 or CO; R 7 wherein each R 7 is independently H, alkyl (C 1-6 ; including methyl, ethyl and propyl), or aryl and which linkers have been previously described (WO 91/14696).
  • Disulfide-containing linkers of this type have a controllable t 1/2 in vivo, facilitating its use as a prodrug/transport component. Such linkers are stable under extracellular conditions relative to intracellular conditions due to the redox potential of the disulfide linkage.
  • Suitable conjugates also include solid supports for oligomer synthesis and to facilitate detection of nucleic acid sequences.
  • Solid supports included, but are not limited to, silica gel, controlled pore glass, polystyrene, and magnetic glass beads.
  • Derivatives can be made by substitution on the sugars.
  • the most preferred derivatives of the oligomers of the invention are the 2′-O-allyl derivatives.
  • the presence of the 2′-O-allyl group appears to enhance permeation ability and stability to nuclease degradation, but does not appear to diminish the affinity of the oligomer for single chain or duplex targets.
  • oligomers can contain nucleomonomers having this epimer or a domain thereof (Praseuth, D., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci ( USA ) (1988) 85:1349-1353; Sun, J. S. et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1991) 88:6023-6027; Debart, F., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1992) 20:1193-1200).
  • ⁇ -Anomeric oligomers containing the 5-R 2 substituted pyrimidines described herein represent a class of modified oligomers included in the present invention.
  • the oligomers of the invention can also contain one or more “substitute linkages” as is generally understood in the art. These “substitute linkages” include phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate, phosphorodithioate, riboacetal, 2′,5′ linkages, alkylphosphonates, morpholino carbamate, morpholino sulfamate, morpholino sulfamide, boranophosphate (—O—P (OCH 3 )(BH 3 )—O—), siloxane (—O—Si(X 4 ) (X 4 )—O—; X 4 is alkyl or phenyl) and phosphoramidate (methoxyethylamine and the like), and are synthesized as described in the generally available literature and in references cited herein (Sood, A., et al, J Am Chem Soc (1990) 12:9000-9001; WO 91/
  • Substitute linkages that can be used in the oligomers disclosed herein also include the sulfonamide (—O—SO 2 —NH—), sulfide (—CH 2 —S—CH 2 —), sulfonate (—O—SO 2 —CH 2 —), carbamate (—O—C(O)—NH—, —NH—C(O)—O—), dimethylhydrazino (—CH 2 —NCH 3 —NCH 3 —), sulfamate (—O—S(O)(O)—N—; —N—S(O)(O)—N—), 3′-thioformacetal (—S—CH 2 —O—), formacetal (—O—CH 2 —O—), 3′-amine (—NH—CH 2 —CH 2 —), N-methylhydroxylamine (—CH 2 —NCH 3 —O—) and 2′5′ linkages (such as 2′,5′ carbamate (2′ —
  • a formacetal linked (3′,5′) dimer is shown in FIG. 1, formula (6).
  • a formacetal linkage can be indicated as 3′ —O—CH 2 —O— 5′ or 2′ —O—CH 2 —O— 5′.
  • the designations of a 3′, 2′ or 5′ carbon can be modified accordingly when a structure other than ribose, deoxyribose or arabinose is linked to an adjacent nucleomonomer.
  • Such structures include a hexose, morpholino ring, carbocyclic ring (e.g. cyclopentane) and the like.
  • Substitute linkage(s) can be utilized in the oligomers for a number of purposes such as to further facilitate binding with complementary target nucleic acid sequences and/or to increase the stability of the oligomers toward nucleases.
  • negative modification is meant an additional nucleomonomer modification of an oligomer comprising a base of formula (1) or (2) which results in a decrease in binding affinity or use of a substitute linkage which may result in a decrease in binding affinity.
  • a negative substitute linkage modification is at least one selected from phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate, phosphoroamidate and triester for a phosphodiester linkage.
  • nucleoside will include ribonucleosides, deoxyribonucleosides, or to any other nucleoside which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base.
  • the stereochemistry of the sugar carbons can be other than that of D-ribose in one or more residues.
  • the pentose moiety can be replaced by a hexose and incorporated into oligomers as described (Augustyns, K., et al Nucl Acids Res (1992) 18:4711-4716).
  • Nucleosides as defined herein also includes a purine or pyrimidine base linked to an amino acid or amino acid analog having a free carboxyl group and a free amino group or protected forms thereof. Exemplary nucleosides have been described (Nielsen, P. E. ibid; commonly owned copending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/889,736, filed Can 28, 1992, and Ser. No. 07/894,397, filed Jun. 5, 1992, both applications incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
  • Nucleosides also include those moieties which contain modifications of the sugar, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with halogen, aliphatic groups, or functionalized as ethers, amines, and the like. Such structures include a hexose, morpholino ring, carbocyclic ring (e.g. cyclopentane) and the like.
  • Base as used herein includes those moieties which contain not only the known purine and pyrimidine bases and the invention bases, but also heterocyclic bases which have been modified and tautomers thereof. Such modifications include alkylated purines or pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other heterocycles. Such “analogous purines” and “analogous pyrimidines” or purine or pyrimidine analogs are those generally known in the art, some of which are used as chemotherapeutic agents.
  • An exemplary, but not exhaustive, list includes N 4 ,N 4 -ethanocytosine, 7-deazaxanthosine, 7-deazaguanosine, 8-oxo-N 6 -methyladenine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl)uracil, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl uracil, dihydrouracil, inosine, N 6 -isopentenyl-adenine, 1-methyladenine, 1-methylpseudouracil, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N 6 -methyladenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyl uracil, 5-methoxy aminomethyl-2-thiouracil, 5-meth
  • pyrimidine analogs including 6-azacytosine, 6-azathymidine and 5-trifluoromethyluracil described in Cook, D. P., et al, International Publication No. WO 92/02258 (incorporated herein by reference) can be conveniently incorporated into the invention oligomers.
  • Bases of formula (1) or (2) containing sulfur at the 2 and/or 4 position can be incorporated into oligomers and derivatized with alkynyl as R 2 essentially as described above.
  • 4-thiouridine and 2-thiothymidine into oligomers has been described (Nikiforov, T. T., et al, Tet Lett (1992) 33:2379-2382; Clivio, P., et al Tet Lett (1992) 33:65-68; Nikiforov, T.
  • Preferred bases are of the formula (1) and (2) but also include adenine, guanine, thymine, uracil, cytosine, 5-methylcytosine, 8-oxo-N 6 -methyladenine, pseudoisocytosine, and 7-deazaxanthosine. Synthesis and use of oligomers that bind to duplex DNA sequences via GT binding motif containing 7-deazaxanthosine is described in commonly owned pending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/787,920, filed Nov. 7, 1991, incorporated herein by reference.
  • Oligomers or the segments thereof are conventionally synthesized.
  • the synthetic methods known in the art and described herein can be used to synthesize oligomers containing bases of the invention, as well as other bases known in the art, using appropriately protected nucleomonomers (see FIG. 12 ).
  • Methods for the synthesis of oligomers are found, for example, in Froehler, B., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:5399-5467; Nucleic Acids Res (1988) 16:4831-4839; Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:287-291; Froehler, B., Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:5575-5578; Caruthers, M. H.
  • Oligomers of the invention containing bases of formula (1) or (2) and one or more substitute linkages can be synthesized by one or more of four general methods according to the reaction conditions required for synthesis of a given substitute linkage.
  • first method (#1) nucleomonomers containing bases of formula (1) or (2) are directly incorporated into oligomers or a convenient fragment thereof using standard synthesis conditions and reagents. Exemplary schemes are shown in FIGS. 5 and 12 and exemplary linkages that can be made by method #1 include phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphoroamidate, methylphosphonate, phosphorodithioate, carbonate, morpholino carbamate and sulfonate.
  • Method #2 involves synthesis of short synthons (dimers, trimers, etc) starting with an appropriate precursor such as a 5-bromo or 5-iodo precusor (as described below) which is subsequently converted to the C-5 substituent of formula (1) or (2) and a synthon suitable for incorporation into oligomers.
  • This approach is exemplified in FIGS. 7, 8 and 11 and is suitable for synthesis of linkages including N-methylhydroxylamine, dimethylhydrazo, sulfamate, carbamate, sulfonate, sulfonamide, formacetal thioformacetal and carbonate.
  • Synthesis method #3 starts with uridine or cytidine (unprotected or N-protected) nucleomonomers which is subsequently iodinated. Introduction of the R 2 group at the 5-position is accomplished within the synthetic route to the desired dimer or trimer synthon. Method #3 is exemplified in FIG. 9 and is suitable for synthesis of linkages including N-methylhydroxylamine, dimethylhydrazino, sulfamate, formacetal, thioformacetal, riboacetal, sulfonate, sulfonamide, carbamate, carbonate and boranophosphate linkages.
  • Method #4 starts with either (1) uracil or cytosine base containing R 2 , followed by conversion to a nucleomonomer suitable for incorporation into oligomers (e.g. amide linkages) as exemplified in FIG. 12 or (2) a suitable precusor such as 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouracil, cytosine or uracil which is glycosylated or alkylated followed by conversion of the nucleomonomer to a derivative containing R 2 and converted to the desired synthon (e.g. linkages such as sulfide, sulfoxide or sulfonate).
  • a nucleomonomer suitable for incorporation into oligomers e.g. amide linkages
  • a suitable precusor such as 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouracil, cytosine or uracil which is glycosylated or alkylated
  • the desired synthon e.g.
  • reaction conditions that are needed to synthesize a particular dimer, trimer or larger synthon and may not be compatible with an R 2 alkynyl 2′-deoxyuridine or 2′-deoxycytidine are (1) electrophilic addition reactions, or conditions that could promote electrophilic addition to C—C multiple bonds (e.g.
  • reaction conditions that are required to synthesize certain oligomers that may not compatible with 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine or 5-iodo-2′-deoxycytidine, or the like, are (1) conditions that promote reduction of aryl iodides (e.g., H 2 or hydrides), (2) alkylation and arylation reactions mediated by organometallic reagents or (3) reactions that promote free radical reactions (e.g., Cl 2 ⁇ h ⁇ , peroxides or AIBN). Synthetic schemes involving these reactions may prevent use of Method #2.
  • aryl iodides e.g., H 2 or hydrides
  • alkylation and arylation reactions mediated by organometallic reagents or (3) reactions that promote free radical reactions (e.g., Cl 2 ⁇ h ⁇ , peroxides or AIBN). Synthetic schemes involving these reactions may prevent use of Method #2.
  • Method #3 starts with 2′-deoxyuridine or 2′-deoxycytidine and the nucleomonomer is subsequently converted to the 5-iodo (or 5-bromo or 5-triflate) derivative (Robins, M. J. et al, Can. J. Chem (1982) 60:554-557; Chang, P. K. et al, J Med Chem (1963) 6:428-430; Crisp, G. T., et al., Tet Lett (1990) 31:1347-1350; and Torrence, P. F., et al., J. Med. Chem (1979) 22:316-319) at the desired step, followed by conversion to a R 2 substituent at desired step.
  • 5-iodo or 5-bromo or 5-triflate
  • FIG. 17 shows a series of repeating nucleomonomer units ( 17 - 1 ) and exemplary amide linked oligomers ( 17 - 2 , 17 - 3 ) containing selected repeating units that can contain the base analogs of the invention.
  • X 9 is S, O, SO, SO 2 , CH 2 , CHF, CF 2 or NR 10 and R 10 is (independently) H, F, OH, OCH 3 , CH 3 , or CH-lower alkyl provided that adjacent X 9 are not both O.
  • each Y is independently selected and has the meaning described above (e.g.
  • Y is H, an oligomer, a blocking group such as FMOC, tBOC, OH, DMT, MMT or an coupling group suitable for oligomer synthesis). Nucleomonomers required to synthesize oligomers containing such linkages are synthesized by method #4.
  • Oligomers of the invention can be synthesized by any suitable chemistry including amidite, triester or hydrogen phosphonate coupling methods and conditions.
  • the oligomers are preferably synthesized from appropriate starting synthons such as nucleomonomers of formula (3) or (4) wherein R 1 at the 5′- position is DMT, MMT, FMOC (9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl), PACO (phenoxyacetyl), a silyl ether such as TBDMS (t-butyldiphenylsilyl) or TMS (trimethylsilyl) and R 1 at the 3′- position is an ester, H-phosphonate, an amidite such as ⁇ -cyanoethylphosphoramidite, a silyl ether such as TBDMS or TMS or t-butyldiphenyl.
  • appropriate uridine or cytidine precursors such as blocked 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine, 5-iodo-2′-O-alkyluridine, 5-bromo-2′-deoxyuridine, 5-trifluoromethanesulfonate-2′-deoxyuridine, 5-bromo-2′-O-alkyluridine or blocked and protected 5-iodo-2′-deoxycytidine, 5-bromo-2′-deoxycytidine, 5-trifluoromethanesulfonate-2′-deoxycytidine, 5-iodo-2′-O-alkylcytidine, 5-bromo-2′-O-alkylcytidine can be conveniently incorporated into short oligomers such as dimer, trimer, tetramer, pentamer or longer synthons that are subsequently derivatized to yield R 2 at the 5- position and then incorporated into suitable synthons and longer oligomers.
  • short oligomers such as
  • Synthesis of oligomers containing about 4 or more nucleomonomer residues is preferably accomplished using synthons such as monomers, dimers or trimers that carry a coupling group suitable for use with amidite, H-phosphonate or triester chemistries.
  • the synthon can be used to link the oligomer via a phosphodiester or phosphorous-containing substitute linkage (phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate, phosphoramidate and the like).
  • Synthesis of other nonphosphorous-containing substituted linkages can be accomplished using appropriate precursors as described herein (FIGS. 7-10) and are known in the art.
  • oligomers can also be synthesized using solution phase methods such as triester synthesis. These methods are workable, but in general, less efficient for oligomers of any substantial length.
  • the invention is directed to intermediates in the synthesis of the oligomers of the invention, including nucleomonomer analogs of formula (3) or (4):
  • each R 1 is independently H or a blocking group
  • R 2 and X are as defined above;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, F, NH 2 , OR or SR, wherein OR is O-allyl or SR is S-allyl or O or S alkyl (C 1-3 ), wherein alkyl including methyl, ethyl and propyl); and
  • Pr is (H) 2 or a protecting group
  • R 2 is 1,3-pentadiynyl, 2-, 3 - and 4-pyridine-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, arylethynyl, 2-, 4 - and 5-pyrimidinyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl, 2- and 3-pyrrolyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-furanyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-thienyl-ethynyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-thiazoyl-ethynyl or 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl-ethynyl, 4-oxazolyl, 4-thiazoyl, 3-pyrroyl, 3-furanyl, 3-thienyl and
  • R 2 is not vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl or 1-octynyl.
  • Suitable protecting groups include diisopropylformanidine, di-n-butylformanidine, diisobutylformamidine and benzoyl and suitable R 1 groups including DMT, MMT, FMOC, a phosphoramidite such as ⁇ -cyanoethylphosphoramidite, hydrogen-phosphonate and methylphosphonamidite.
  • Preferred protected nucleomonomers are nucleomonomers of formula (3) and (4) where X is O, R 1 at the 5′ position is DMT, MMT or FMOC; R 1 at the 3′position is N,N-diisopropylamino- ⁇ -cyanoethoxyphosphine, N,N-diisopropylaminomethoxyphosphine or hydrogen phosphonate; R 2 is 1-propynyl, 3-methyl-1-butynyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 2-thienyl, 2-imidazolyl or 2-thiazolyl; and Pr is (H) 2 or diisobutylformamidine.
  • One group of preferred oligomers of the present invention can be represented by the formula (16):
  • each B, R 1 and R 3 are independently selected and have the meanings defined above;
  • n is an integer from 0 to 98 (values of 0 to 28 are preferred).
  • each X 1 is independently —P(S)(O)—, —P(O)(O)— or —P(CH 3 )(O)—, —P(CH 3 )(S)—,
  • At least one B is of the formula (1) or (2) as defined above;
  • nucleomonomers of said oligomer comprises deoxyuridine 5-substituted by vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl, or 1-octynyl
  • the remainder of the nucleomonomers comprising said oligomer are not solely comprised of phosphodiester linked 2′-deoxyadenosine, 2′-deoxyguanosine, 2′-deoxycytidine, thymidine or a combination thereof.
  • Methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate or phosphorothioate substitute linkages enhance the nuclease stability of the oligomers while their negative impact on oligomer affinity for target nucleic acids is compensated by the inclusion of the 5-substituted pyrimidines of the invention.
  • R 2 group is 1-propynyl.
  • Preferred R 3 groups are H, OH, F and O-allyl.
  • oligomers of the invention contain substitute linkages other than phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, thionomethylphosphonate or methylphosphonate. Particularly useful forms of these substitute linkages include riboacetal, formacetal and 3′-thioformacetal linkages, with 3′-thioformacetal being most preferred.
  • dimeric synthons of the formula (6) shown in FIG. 1, wherein the substituents B, X, R 1 and R 3 are as defined above are particularly useful.
  • the foregoing synthon is obtained by first preparing the 5-iodo pyrimidine forms of B and then converting these to 5-propyne derivatives, for example, by treating the dimer synthon with propyne in the presence of palladium, CuI, triethylamine, and DMF. These synthons can be incorporated into an oligomer using standard synthesis techniques as shown in FIGS. 7, 8 , 9 and 11 . Synthesis of formacetal and 3′-thioformacetal substitute linkages is described in commonly owned pending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/874,334, filed Apr. 24, 1992, and Ser. No. 07/690,786, filed Apr. 24, 1991, which applications are incorporated herein by reference. Trimer synthons containing formacetal, 3′-thioformacetal, riboacetal or other substitute linkages are also preferred compounds. Trimers and tetramers are preferred for synthesis of oligomers having enhanced permeation across cell membranes.
  • the thionomethyl phosphonate is prepared with methylphosphonamidite followed by sulfurization as described (Roelen, H. P. C. F., et al. Tet Lett (1992) 33:2357-2360) or with the sulfurization reagents described above.
  • oligomers of the invention is a moiety which is capable of effecting at least one covalent bond between the oligomer and the target sequence. Multiple covalent bonds can also be formed by providing a multiplicity of such moieties.
  • the covalent bond is preferably to a base residue in the target strand, but can also be made with other portions of the target, including the sugar or phosphodiester.
  • the reaction nature of the moiety which effects crosslinking determines the nature of the target in the duplex.
  • Preferred crosslinking moieties include acylating and alkylating agents, and, in particular, those positioned relative to the sequence specificity-conferring portion so as to permit reaction with the target location in the strand.
  • the crosslinking moiety can conveniently be placed as an analogous pyrimidine or purine residue in the sequence of the oligomer.
  • the placement can be at the 5′- and/or 3′-ends, the internal portions of the sequence, or combinations of the above. Placement at the termini to permit enhanced flexibility is preferred.
  • Analogous moieties can also be attached to peptide backbones.
  • a switchback oligomer containing crosslinking moieties at either end can be used to bridge the strands of the duplex with at least two covalent bonds.
  • oligomer sequences of inverted polarity can be arranged in tandem with a multiplicity of crosslinking moieties to strengthen the complex.
  • alkylating moieties that are useful in the invention include N 4 ,N 4 -ethanocytosine and N 6 , N 6 -ethanoadenine.
  • the base need not be a purine or pyrimidine; indeed the moiety to which the reactive function is attached need not be a base at all. Any means of attaching the reactive group is satisfactory so long as the positioning is correct.
  • inverted polarity oligomers that can incorporate one or more nucleomonomers described above, contain at least one segment along their length of the formula:
  • the symbol 3′ - - - 5′ indicates a stretch of oligomer in which the linkages are consistently formed between the 5′-hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleomonomer to the left with the 3′- (or 2′- for oligomers having 2′, 5′ linkages) hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleomonomer to the right (i.e., a region of uniform polarity), thus leaving the 5′-hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleomonomer ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation.
  • 5′ - - - 3′ indicates a stretch of oligomer in the opposite orientation wherein the linkages are formed between the 3′-hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the left nucleomonomer and the 5′-hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleomonomer on the right, thus leaving the 3′-hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleomonomer ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation.
  • the linkage symbolized by —C—, can be formed so as to link the 5′-hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues in formula (1) or the 3′ hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues in formula (2), or the “—C—” linkage can conjugate other portions of the adjacent nucleomonomers so as to link the inverted polarity strands.
  • “—C—” can represent a linker moiety, or simply a covalent bond.
  • either the 3′- or 2′-position can be involved in the linkage, and either of these positions can be in either R or S configuration.
  • the choice of configuration will in part determine the geometry of the oligomer in the vicinity of the linkage. Thus, for example, if adjacent 3′-positions are used to effect a covalent linkage, less severe deformation of the oligomer chain will generally occur if both 3′-hydroxyls involved in the linkage are in the conventional R configuration. If they are both in the S configuration, this will result in a favorable “kink” in the chain.
  • the characterizing aspect of the switchback oligomers of the invention is that they comprise tandem regions of inverted polarity, so that a region of 3′ ⁇ 5′ polarity is followed by one of 5′ ⁇ 3′ polarity, or vice versa, or both.
  • this coupling can be effected by insertion of a dimer wherein the appropriate 3′-positions of each member of the dimer or the 5′-positions of each member of the dimer are activated for inclusion of the dimer in the growing chain, or the conventional synthesis can be continued using the condensing nucleomonomer which is blocked in the inverse manner to that which would be employed if the polarity of the chain were to remain the same.
  • This additional nucleomonomer can also contain a linker moiety which can be included before or after condensation to extend the chain.
  • oligomers having modified residues and/or inverted polarity can be accomplished utilizing standard solid phase synthesis methods.
  • the H-phosphonate-based synthesis is conducted by the reaction of a suitably protected nucleomonomer containing an H-phosphonate moiety at a position to be coupled with a solid phase-derivatized nucleomonomer chain having a free hydroxyl group, in the presence of a suitable activator to obtain an H-phosphonate diester linkage, which is stable to acid.
  • a suitable activator to obtain an H-phosphonate diester linkage, which is stable to acid.
  • the oxidation to the phosphate or thiophosphate can be conducted at any point during the synthesis of the oligomer or after synthesis of the oligomer is complete.
  • the H-phosphonates can also be converted to phosphoramidate derivatives by reaction with a primary or secondary amine in the presence of carbon tetrachloride.
  • the incoming nucleomonomer is regarded as having a “coupling phosphite/phosphate” group.
  • Variations in the type of substitute linkage are achieved by, for example, using the methyl phosphonate precursors rather than the H-phosphonates per se, using thiol derivatives of the nucleomonomer moieties and generally by methods known in the art.
  • Nonphosphorous based linkages can also be used, such as the formacetal 3′-thioformacetal, 3′-amino and 5′-ether type linkages described above.
  • a nucleomonomer protected at the 5′-position and containing a coupling phosphite/phosphate group at the 3′-position is reacted with the hydroxyl at the 5′-position of a nucleomonomer coupled to a solid support through its 3′-hydroxyl.
  • the resulting condensed oligomer is deprotected and the reaction repeated with an additional 5′-protected, 3′-phosphite/phosphate coupling nucleomonomer.
  • a nucleomonomer protected in the 3′-position and containing a coupling phosphite/phosphate in the 5′-position is reacted with a oligomer or nucleomonomer attached to a solid support through the 5′-position, leaving the 3′-hydroxyl available to react.
  • the 3′- group is deprotected and reacted with an additional 3′-protected, 5′-coupling nucleomonomer. The sequence is continued until the desired number of nucleomonomers have been added.
  • This oligomer chain elongation will proceed in conformance with a predetermined sequence in a series of condensations, each one of which results in the addition of another nucleomonomer.
  • the protecting group on the solid support-bound nucleomonomer is removed prior to the addition of a nucleomonomer having a coupling phosphite/phosphate.
  • the protecting group on the solid support-bound nucleomonomer is removed.
  • DMT dimethoxytrityl
  • the deprotected nucleomonomer or oligomer bound to solid support is then reacted with the suitably protected nucleomonomer containing a coupling phosphite/phosphate.
  • the carrier bound nucleomonomer is preferably washed with anhydrous pyridine/acetonitrile (1:1, v/v), again deprotected, and the condensation reaction is completed in as many cycles as are required to form the desired number of congruent polarity internucleoside bonds which will be converted to phosphoramidates, phosphorodithioates, phosphorothioates or phosphodiesters as desired.
  • the incoming coupling, protected nucleomonomer is provided in the opposite polarity to the support-bound oligomers.
  • the support-bound oligomer is 3′ ⁇ 5′
  • the deprotected 5′-hydroxyl is reacted with a 3′-protected, 5′-coupling monomer, and the synthesis continued with monomers coupled at the 5′-position and protected at the 3′-position.
  • a dimer synthon containing the linker element having one end which is coupled for condensation (such as a hydrogen phosphonate) to the support-bound oligomer and another end which is a protected hydroxyl group (or protected thio group) is condensed onto the support-bound oligomer.
  • the linked dimer is condensed and deprotected using the same conditions as those used to condense and deprotect the protected nucleomonomer hydrogen phosphonate. Subsequent extension of the oligomer chain then uses nucleomonomer residues which are coupled and protected in the opposite manner from those used to synthesize the previous portion of the chain.
  • FIG. 5 One approach to this synthesis, using a linker already derivatized to two nucleomonomer residues which will be included in each portion of the strand is illustrated in FIG. 5 .
  • the 5′ ⁇ 3′ nucleomonomer portion of the strand is coupled using the 3′-DMT-5′-coupling phosphate nucleomonomers, as conventionally, to solid support.
  • the switchback linker is derivatized to two nucleomonomer residues through their 3′-positions; the remaining 5′-positions are derivatized by the protecting group DMT in one nucleomonomer residue and a phosphonate residue in the other.
  • the derivatized linker is coupled to the solid supported strand under standard reagent conditions and then deprotected conventionally. Further standard nucleomonomer coupling results in extension of the chain in the 3′ ⁇ 5′ orientation.
  • a particularly preferred dimer synthon used to mediate the switchback in an oligomer is the O-xyloso linker (compound 9 and Formula (21) in FIG. 5 .
  • the O-xyloso linker consists of two xylose-nucleomonomers (18) linked to each other by o-xylene at the 3′-position of each xylose sugar.
  • the switchback linker synthon was synthesized using ⁇ , ⁇ ′-orthodibromoxylene and 5′-DMT nucleomonomer (18) to give the dimer (19) as shown in FIG. 5 .
  • the dimer was converted to the H-phosphonate (21) and was used in solid phase synthesis to generate oligomers.
  • Linkers containing the bases (at position “B” in FIG. 5) thymine, 5-methylcytosine, 8-hydroxy-N 6 -methyladenine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-propynyluracil or cytosine are synthesized as homodimers.
  • the switchback linker dimers can also be synthesized as mixed heterodimers that are separated chromatographically.
  • a particularly useful synthon in the preparation of oligomers containing inverted polarity is of formula (5) shown in FIG. 1, wherein each Y and each B is independently chosen and have the meanings previously defined, and wherein one or both of the bases, B, can optionally be the modified base residues of formula (1) or (2) of the invention.
  • oligomers containing C-5 modified pyrimidines of the invention are modifications of the ribose or deoxyribose sugar.
  • 2′-O-methyl-, 2′-O-ethyl- and 2′-O-allyl oligomers have been synthesized and shown to bind to single-stranded complementary nucleic acid sequences (Cotten, M., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1990) 19:2629-2635; Blencowe, B. J., et al., Cell (1989) 59:531-539; Sproat, B.
  • Synthesis of 2′ fluoro nucleomonomers and their incorporation into oligomers has also been described (Codington, J. F., et al, J Org Chem (1964) 29:558-564; Fazakerley, G. V., et al, FEBS Lett (1985) 182:365-369). Synthesis of oligomer analogs containing the modified bases described herein would be based on methods described. Synthesis of oligomers containing 2′-amino nucleomonomers has been described (Pieken, W. A., et al, Science (1991) 253:314-317).
  • bases (1) and (2) in oligomers of the invention 2′-O-allyl modified sugar forms of the nucleomonomers containing the 5-substituted bases (1) and (2) of the invention are included in the oligomer.
  • Other 2′-O-allyl-substituted nucleomonomers can also be used at other positions in the oligomer.
  • the 2′-O-allyl nucleomonomers can be prepared using standard methods; set forth below is a method for synthesis of the 2′-O-allyl derivatized nucleomonomers containing the invention pyrimidines through a common intermediate.
  • 5-(1-propynyl)uridine is first protected at the 5′- and 3′-positions using a tetraisopropyldisiloxane reagent, and then at the 4-oxy position using ortho-nitrophenol.
  • the protected nucleoside is then converted to the 2′-O-allyl derivative with allyl ethyl carbonate; this useful intermediate is alternatively converted to the 2′-O-allyl-derivatized 5-(1-propynyl)uridine or the corresponding 5-(1-propynyl)cytidine.
  • the sequence of reactions for this conversion are outlined in FIG. 4 .
  • nucleomonomers derivatized at the 2′-position can be incorporated into oligomers in the same manner as underivatized forms.
  • Synthesis of 2′-thioalkyl nucleomonomers is accomplished as described in FIG. 6 .
  • the protocol is useful for synthesis of 2′-thioalkyl pyrimidines via formation of an anhydro intermediate 7 that is subsequently converted to thioalkyl nucleomonomer (22).
  • the group designated W is defined as lower alkane (methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or isobutyl) or lower alkene including allyl.
  • the protocol was used to synthesize 5′-DMT blocked 5-methyluridine 3′-H-phosphonate.
  • the starting material 6 was obtained from 5-methyluridine (Markiewicz, W. T., J. Chem.
  • nucleomonomer (22) Conversion of the nucleomonomer (22) to other 5′- and 3′-derivatized compounds such as MMT, ⁇ -cyanoethylphosphoramidite, or methylphosphoramidite-blocked nucleomonomers can easily be accomplished using appropriate reagents.
  • Oligomers containing substitute linkages that link adjacent nucleomonomer analog residues are preferably synthesized using suitably blocked dimer synthons as a starting material.
  • dimers wherein one or both base residues are 5-R 2 -U or 5-R 2 -C or related analogs
  • synthesis of a formacetal or 3′-thioformacetal-linked dimer is accomplished as described herein.
  • An exemplary diner containing a formacetal linkage of formula (6) shown in FIG. 1, Y, X, B and R 3 are as defined herein.
  • FIGS. 7 and 8 show synthesis schemes for intermediates in oligomer synthesis.
  • U-I represents 5-iodouracil
  • U— ⁇ —CH 3 represents 5-(1-propynyl)uracil.
  • Synthesis of a 3′-thioformacetal dimer or a trimer can conveniently be accomplished.
  • a 5-iodouridine nucleomonomer, (25) protected at the 3′-position by esterification is first reacted with paraformaldehyde in the presence of HCl to obtain the derivatized nucleomonomer, (26), containing the substituent ClCHO 2 -at the 5′-position.
  • the nucleomonomer can be esterified using, for example, a long-chain alkyl or aromatic acid, such a decyl, hexyl, benzoyl, or phenoxyacetyl.
  • a long-chain alkyl or aromatic acid such as a decyl, hexyl, benzoyl, or phenoxyacetyl.
  • the 3′-esterified nucleomonomer is treated with an excess of paraformaldehyde in an inert solvent at low temperature and anhydrous HCl is bubbled through the reaction mixture. The solution is conveniently dried and the solvent removed to obtain the intermediate.
  • DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
  • the reaction is washed with water, and the organic layer is separated and dried to obtain the dimerized product having the 3′-SCH 2 O-5′ linkage and protected at the 5′- and 3′-positions, as above.
  • the resulting dimer is deprotected at the 3′-position and then converted to the propyne derivative as shown and described in Example 1.
  • the dimer is to be used in standard oligomer synthesis, it is converted to the hydrogen phosphonate using 2-chloro-4H-1,2,3-benzodioxaphosphorin-4-one (van Boom's reagent for phosphytylation (PA)).
  • FIG. 8 shows the synthesis of a 3′-thioformacetal trimer.
  • riboacetal linked dimers Synthesis of riboacetal linked dimers is shown in FIG. 9.
  • 5′-DMT, 3′-H-phosphonate dimers can be directly utilized for incorporation into oligomers by conventional methods or an appropriate precursor can be utilized as needed for conversion to trimer, tetramer or longer length oligomers.
  • FIGS. 14, 15 and 16 show synthetic schemes for synthesis of nucleomonomers having invention bases with ethynyl heteroaryl or heteroaryl groups at the 5 position.
  • the nucleomonomers can be converted to blocked monomers suitable for incorporation into oligomers by conventional methods.
  • the 5-cyano substituent is prepared as described (Inoue, T., et al, Chem Pharm Bull (1978) 9:2657-2663) and also can be used as a starting electrophile to build heteroaryl substituted nucleomonomers as described (Wigerinck, P., et al, J Med Chem (1991) 34:1767-1772).
  • Ethynyl heteroaryl derivatives are prepared from ethynyltrimethylsilane and an appropriate heteroaryl as described (Austin, W. B., et al, J Org Chem (1981) 46:2280-2286) (see Example 14). The deprotected ethynyl is then introduced into the nucleomonomer by standard procedures (Examples 1 and 14).
  • oligomers of the invention are capable of significant single-stranded or double-stranded target nucleic acid binding activity to form duplexes, triplexes or other forms of stable association, these oligomers are useful in diagnosis and therapy of diseases that are associated with expression of one or more genes such as those associated with many different pathological conditions.
  • Therapeutic applications can employ the oligomers to specifically inhibit the expression of genes (or inhibit translation of RNA sequences encoded by those genes) that are associated with either the establishment or the maintenance of a pathological condition.
  • Exemplary genes or RNAs encoded by those genes that can be targeted include those that encode enzymes, hormones, serum proteins, adhesion molecules, receptor molecules, cytokines, oncogenes, growth factors, and interleukins.
  • Target genes or RNAs can be associated with any pathological condition such as those associated with inflammatory conditions, cardiovascular disorders, immune reactions, cancer, viral infections, bacterial infections and the like.
  • Oligomers of the present invention are suitable for both in vivo and ex vivo therapeutic applications.
  • Indications for ex vivo uses include treatment of cells such as bone marrow or peripheral blood in conditions such as leukemia or viral infection.
  • Target genes or RNAs encoded by those genes that can serve as targets for cancer treatments include oncogenes, such as ras, k-ras, bcl-2, c-myb, bcr, c-myc, c-abl or overexpressed sequences such as mdm2, oncostatin M, IL-6 (Kaposi's sarcoma), HER-2 and translocations such as bcr/abl.
  • Viral gene sequences or RNAs encoded by those genes such as polymerase or reverse transcriptase genes of CMV, HSV-1, HSV-2, HTLV-1, HIV-1, HIV-2, HBV, HPV, VZV, influenza virus, rhinovirus and the like are also suitable targets.
  • Application of specifically binding oligomers can be used in conjunction with other therapeutic treatments.
  • oligomers of the invention include (1) modulation of inflammatory responses by modulating expression of genes such as IL-1 receptor, IL-1, ICAM-1 or E-Selectin that play a role in mediating inflammation and (2) modulation of cellular proliferation in conditions such as arterial occlusion (restenosis) after angioplasty by modulating the expression of (a) growth or mitogenic factors such as non-muscle myosin, myc, fos, PCNA, PDGF or FGF or their receptors, or (b) cell proliferation factors such as c-myb.
  • growth or mitogenic factors such as non-muscle myosin, myc, fos, PCNA, PDGF or FGF or their receptors
  • cell proliferation factors such as c-myb.
  • Other suitable extracellular proliferation factors such as TGF ⁇ , IL-6, ⁇ INF, protein kinase C may be targeted for treatment of psoriasis or other conditions.
  • EGF receptor, TGF ⁇ or MHC alleles may be
  • oligomers of the invention into cells can be enhanced by any suitable method including calcium phosphate, DMSO, glycerol or dextran transfection, electroporation or by the use of cationic anionic and/or neutral lipid compositions or liposomes by methods described (International Publication Nos. WO 90/14074, WO 91/16024, WO 91/17424, U.S. Pat. No. 4,897,355).
  • the oligomers can be introduced into cells by complexation with cationic lipids such as DOTMA (which can or can not form liposomes) which complex is then contacted with the cells.
  • DOTMA cationic lipids
  • Suitable cationic lipids include but are not limited to N-(2,3-di(9-(Z)-octadecenyloxyl))-prop-1-yl-N,N,N-trimethylammonium (DOTMA) and its salts, 1-O-oleyl-2—O-oleyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl- ⁇ -hydroxyethylammonium and its salts and 1,2-bis(oleyloxy)-3-(trimethylammonio)propane and its salts.
  • DOTMA N-(2,3-di(9-(Z)-octadecenyloxyl))-prop-1-yl-N,N,N-trimethylammonium
  • 1-O-oleyl-2—O-oleyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl- ⁇ -hydroxyethylammonium and its salts 1,2-bis(oleyloxy)-3-(trimethylammonio)propane and its salts.
  • Enhanced delivery of the invention oligomers can also be mediated by the use of (i) viruses such as Sendai virus (Bartzatt, R., Biotechnol Appl Biochem (1989) 11:133-135) or adenovirus (Wagner, E., et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1992) 89:6099-6013; (ii) polyamine or polycation conjugates using compounds such as polylysine, protamine or N1, N12-bis(ethyl)spermine (Wagner, E., et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1991) 88:4255-4259; Zenke, M., et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1990) 87:3655-3659; Chank, B.
  • viruses such as Sendai virus (Bartzatt, R., Biotechnol Appl Biochem (1989) 11:133-135) or adenovirus (Wagner, E., e
  • anionic, neutral or pH sensitive lipids using compounds including anionic phospholipids such as phosphatidyl glycerol, cardiolipin, phosphatidic acid or phosphatidylethanolamine (Lee, K.-D., et al, Biochim Biophys ACTA (1992) 1103:185-197; Cheddar, G., et al, Arch Biochem Biophys (1992) 294:188-192; Yoshimura, T., et al, Biochem Int (1990) 20:697-706); (v) conjugates with compounds such as transferrin or biotin or (vi) conjugates with compounds such as serum proteins (including albumin or antibodies), glycoproteins or polymers (including polyethylene glycol) that enhance pharmacokinetic properties of oligomers in a subject.
  • anionic phospholipids such as phosphatidyl glycerol, cardiolipin, phosphatidic acid or phosphatidylethanolamine (Lee, K.-D.,
  • transfection refers to any method that is suitable for delivery of oligomers into cells.
  • Any reagent such as a lipid or any agent such as a virus that can be used in transfection protocols is collectively referred to herein as a “permeation enhancing agent”.
  • Delivery of the oligomers into cells can be via cotransfection with other nucleic acids such as (i) expressable DNA fragments encoding a protein(s) or a protein fragment or (ii) translatable RNAs that encode a protein(s) or a protein fragment.
  • oligomers can thus be incorporated into any suitable formulation that enhances delivery of the oligomers into cells.
  • suitable pharmaceutical formulations also include those commonly used in applications where compounds are delivered into cells or tissues by topical administration.
  • Compounds such as polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, azone, nonoxonyl-9, oleic acid, DMSO, polyamines or lipopolyamines can be used in topical preparations that contain the oligomers.
  • the invention oligomers can be conveniently used as reagents for research or production purposes where inhibition of gene expression is desired. There are currently very few reagents available that efficiently and specifically inhibit the expression of a target gene by any mechanism. oligomers that have been previously reported to inhibit target gene expression frequently have nonspecific effects and/or do not reduce target gene expression to very low levels (less than about 40% of uninhibited levels).
  • the invention oligomers are, by comparison, extremely potent with IC 50 values as low as 0.05 ⁇ M in microinjection assays (Example 6, Table 4 below). These levels of potency permit application of the oligomers to cells with efficient inhibition of target gene expression while avoiding significant nonspecific effects on the cell. In view of this, it is clear that the invention oligomers represent a unique class of reagents that can be used to probe gene function and to probe the role of single stranded or double stranded nucleic acids.
  • the results as described herein provide a method of inhibiting expression of a selected protein or proteins in a subject or in cells wherein the proteins are encoded by DNA sequences and the proteins are translated from RNA sequences, comprising the steps of: introducing an oligomer of the invention into the cells; and permitting the oligomer to form a triplex with the DNA or RNA or a duplex with the DNA or RNA whereby expression of the protein or proteins is inhibited.
  • the methods and oligomers of the present invention are suitable for modulating gene expression in both procaryotic and eucaryotic cells such as bacterial, parasite, yeast and mammalian cells.
  • oligomers when used to inhibit gene expression by an antisense mechanism, can be RNase H “competent” or RNase H “incompetent” species. Oligomers having modifications such as 2′-substitutions (2′-O-allyl and the like) or certain uncharged linkages (methylphosphonate, phosphoramidate and the like) are usually incompetent as a substrate that is recognized by and/or acted on by RNase H. RNase H competence can facilitate antisense oligomer function by degrading the target RNA in an RNA-oligomer duplex (Dagle, J.
  • RNA-DNA duplexes The enzyme cleaves RNA in RNA-DNA duplexes.
  • an oligomer In order to retain RNase H competence, an oligomer requires a RNase H competent domain of three or more competent contiguous linkages located within it (Quartin, R. S., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1989) 17:7253-7262). Design of oligomers resistant to nuclease digestion will have terminal linkage, sugar and/or base modifications to effect nuclease resistance. Thus, the oligomers can be designed to have modified nucleomonomer residues at either or both the 5′- and/or 3′-ends, while having an internal RNase H competent domain.
  • Exemplary oligomers that retain RNase H competence would generally have uniform polarity and would comprise about 2 to about 12 nucleomonomers at the 5′-end and at the 3′-end which stabilize the oligomer to nuclease degradation and about three to about 26 nucleomonomers that function as a RNase H competent domain between the RNase H incompetent 3′- and 5′-ends.
  • Variations on such an oligomer would include (1) a shorter RNase H competent domain comprising 1 or 2 RNase H competent linkages, (2) a longer RNase H incompetent domain comprising up to 15, 20 or more substitute linkages or nucleomonomers, (3) a longer RNase H competent domain comprising up to 30, 40 or more linkages, (4) oligomers with only a single RNase H incompetent domain at the 3′ end or at the 5′ end, or (5) oligomers having more than one RNase H competent domain.
  • RNase H competence also applies as a consideration to oligomers having one or more regions of inverted polarity, to circular oligomers and to other types of oligomers.
  • Oligomers containing as few as about 8 nucleomonomers can be used to effect inhibition of target protein(s) expression by formation of duplex or triplex structures with target nucleic acid sequences.
  • linear oligomers used to inhibit target protein expression via duplex or triplex formation will preferably have from about 12 to about 20 nucleomonomer residues.
  • Oligomers containing bases of the invention can be conveniently circularized as described (International Publication No. WO 92/19732; Kool, E. T. J Am Chem Soc (1991) 113:6265-6266; Prakash, G., et al. J Am Chem Soc (1992) 114:3523-3527). Such oligomers are suitable for binding to single-stranded or double-stranded nucleic acid targets. Circular oligomers can be of various sizes. Such oligomers in a size range of about 22-50 nucleomonomers can be conveniently prepared.
  • the circular oligomers can have from about three to about six nucleomonomer residues in the loop region that separate binding domains of the oligomer as described (Prakash, G. ibid). Oligomers can be enzymatically circularized through a terminal phosphate by ligase or by chemical means via linkage through the 5′- and 3′-terminal sugars and/or bases.
  • the oligomers can be utilized to modulate target gene expression by inhibiting the interaction of nucleic acid binding proteins responsible for modulating transcription (Maher, L. J., et al, Science (1989) 245:725-730) or translation (Example 7 below).
  • the oligomers are thus suitable as sequence-specific agents that compete with nucleic acid binding proteins (including ribosomes, RNA polymerases, DNA polymerases, translational initiation factors, transcription factors that either increase or decrease transcription, protein-hormone transcription factors and the like).
  • Appropriately designed oligomers can thus be used to increase target protein synthesis through mechanisms such as binding to or near a regulatory site that transcription factors use to repress expression or by inhibiting the expression of a selected repressor protein itself.
  • the invention oligomers can be designed to contain secondary or tertiary structures, such as pseudoknots or pseudo-half-knots (Ecker, D. J., et al, Science (1992) 257:958-961). Such structures can have a more stable secondary or tertiary structure than corresponding unmodified oligomers. The enhanced stability of such structures would rely on the increased binding affinity between regions of self complementarity in a single oligomer or regions of complementarity between two or more oligomers that form a given structure. Such structures can be used to mimic structures such as the HIV TAR structure in order to interfere with binding by the HIV Tat protein (a protein that binds to TAR).
  • HIV Tat protein a protein that binds to TAR
  • oligomers can be used to (1) disrupt or (2) bind to such structures as a method to (1) interfere with or (2) enhance the binding of proteins to nucleic acid structures.
  • the oligomers of the invention can also be applied as therapeutic or diagnostic agents that function by direct displacement of one strand in a duplex nucleic acid. Displacement of a strand in a natural duplex such as chromosomal DNA or duplex viral DNA, RNA or hybrid DNA/RNA is possible for oligomers with a high binding affinity for their complementary target sequences. Therapeutic applications of oligomers by this method of use, referred to herein as D-looping or “D-loop therapy” has not previously been possible because the affinity of natural DNA or RNA for its complementary sequence is not great enough to efficiently displace a DNA or RNA strand in a duplex.
  • Target nucleic acids include but are not limited to (i) gene sequences including exons, introns, exon/intron junctions, promoter/enhancer regions and 5′ or 3′ untranslated regions, (ii) regions of nucleic acids that utilize secondary structure in order to function (e.g. the HIV TAR stem-loop element or tRNAs), (iii) nucleic acids that serve structural functions such as telomeres or centromeres and (iv) any other duplex region.
  • oligomers can be synthesized with discrete functional domains wherein one region of an oligomer binds to a target by D-looping while an adjacent region binds a target molecule by say, forming a triple helix or binding as an aptamer to a protein.
  • a D-looping oligomer can bind to each strand in a duplex by switching the strand to which the oligomer binds (i.e. by having one region of the oligomer that binds to one strand and another region that binds to the complementary strand).
  • the controlling elements that dictate the mode of binding i.e.
  • triple helix or D-loop are the sequence of the oligomer and the inherent affinity built into the oligomer.
  • Base recognition rules in Watson-Crick duplex binding differ from those in Hoogsteen controlled triplex binding. Because of this, the oligomer base sequence can be used to dictate the type of binding rules an oligomer will utilize.
  • D-loop structures are formed in nature by enzyme-mediated processes (Harris, L. D. et al., J Biol Chem (1987) 262: 9285-9292) or are associated with regions where DNA replication occurs (Jacobs, H. T. et al., Nucl Acids Res (1989) 17:8949-8966).
  • D-loops that arise from the binding of oligomers can result from a one or two step process. Direct displacement of a target strand will give rise to a D-loop by a single binding event. However, D-looping can also occur by forming a triple helix which facilitates a strand displacement event leading to the D-loop.
  • Ribozymes containing bases of the invention can be designed in order to design species with altered characteristics. Ribozymes that cleave single stranded RNA or DNA (Robertson, D. L., et al Nature (1990) 344:467-468) have been described. Therapeutic applications for ribozymes have been postulated (Sarver, N. et al, Science (1990) 247:1222-1225; International Publication Number WO 91/04319). Secondary or tertiary structure necessary for ribozyme function can be affected by design of appropriate oligomer sequences. For example, ribozymes having targeting domains containing bases of the invention will have higher affinity, while maintaining base pairing specificity, for target sequences. Because of the higher affinity of the invention bases for their complementary sequences, shorter recognition domains in a ribozyme (an advantage in manufacturing) can be designed which lead to more favorable substrate turnover (an advantage in ribozyme function).
  • the oligomers are utilized in a manner appropriate for treatment of a variety of conditions by inhibiting expression of appropriate target genes.
  • the oligomers can be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic, topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., latest edition.
  • the oligomer active ingredient is generally combined with a carrier such as a diluent or excipient which can include fillers, extenders, binders, wetting agents, disintegrants, surface-active agents, or lubricants, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms.
  • Typical dosage forms include tablets, powders, liquid preparations including suspensions, emulsions and solutions, granules, capsules and suppositories, as well as liquid preparations for injections, including liposome preparations.
  • the oligomers of the invention are formulated in liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution or Ringer's solution.
  • the oligomers can be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms are also included. Dosages that can be used for systemic administration preferably range from about 0.01 mg/Kg to 50 mg/Kg administered once or twice per day.
  • dosing schedules can be utilized depending on (i) the potency of an individual oligomer at inhibiting the activity of its target DNA or RNA, (ii) the severity or extent of a pathological disease state associated with a given target gene, or (iii) the pharmacokinetic behavior of a given oligomer.
  • Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means, or the compounds can be administered orally.
  • penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
  • penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives for transmucosal administration.
  • detergents can be used to facilitate permeation.
  • Transmucosal administration can be through use of nasal sprays, for example, or suppositories.
  • the oligomers are formulated into conventional oral administration forms such as capsules, tablets, and tonics.
  • the oligomers of the invention are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams, as is generally known in the art.
  • Formulation of the invention oligomers for ocular indications such as viral infections would be based on standard compositions known in the art.
  • the oligomers of the invention can be used as diagnostic reagents to detect the presence or absence of the target nucleic acid sequences to which they specifically bind.
  • the enhanced binding affinity of the invention oligomers is an advantage for their use as primers and probes. Diagnostic tests cab be conducted by hybridization through either double or triple helix formation which is then detected by conventional means.
  • the oligomers can be labeled using radioactive, fluorescent, or chromogenic labels and the presence of label bound to solid support detected.
  • the presence of a double or triple helix can be detected by antibodies which specifically recognize these forms. Means for conducting assays using such oligomers as probes are generally known.
  • oligomers containing the modified bases as diagnostic agents by triple helix formation is advantageous since triple helices form under mild conditions and the assays can thus be carried out without subjecting test specimens to harsh conditions.
  • Diagnostic assays based on detection of RNA for identification of bacteria, fungi or protozoa sequences often require isolation of RNA from samples or organisms grown in the laboratory, which is laborious and time consuming, as RNA is extremely sensitive to ubiquitous nucleases.
  • the oligomer probes can also incorporate additional modifications such as modified sugars and/or substitute linkages that render the oligomer especially nuclease stable, and would thus be useful for assays conducted in the presence of cell or tissue extracts which normally contain nuclease activity. Oligomers containing terminal modifications often retain their capacity to bind to complementary sequences without loss of specificity (Uhlmann et al., Chemical Reviews (1990) 90:543-584). As set forth above, the invention probes can also contain linkers that permit specific binding to alternate DNA strands by incorporating a linker that permits such binding (Froehler, B. C., et al, Biochemistry (1992) 31:1603-1609); Horne et al., J Am Chem Soc (1990) 112:2435-2437).
  • incorporation of base analogs of the present invention into probes that also contain covalent crosslinking agents has the potential to increase sensitivity and reduce background in diagnostic or detection assays.
  • the use of crosslinking agents will permit novel assay modifications such as (1) the use of the crosslink to increase probe discrimination, (2) incorporation of a denaturing wash step to reduce background and (3) carrying out hybridization and crosslinking at or near the melting temperature of the hybrid to reduce secondary structure in the target and to increase probe specificity. Modifications of hybridization conditions have been previously described (Gamper et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:9943).
  • Oligomers of the invention are suitable for use in diagnostic assays that employ methods wherein either the oligomer or nucleic acid to be detected are covalently attached to a solid support as described (U.S. Pat. No. 4,775,619).
  • the oligomers are also suitable for use in diagnostic assays that rely on polymerase chain reaction techniques to amplify target sequences according to described methods (European Patent Publication No. 0 393 744).
  • Oligomers of the invention containing 5-modified pyrimidines are compatible with polymerases used in polymerase chain reaction methods such as the Taq or VentTM polymerase.
  • oligomers of the invention can thus be utilized as primers in PCR protocols or triphosphate pyrimidine monomers having R 2 at the 5-position can be utilized as a substrate by DNA or RNA polymerases derived from thermophiles (Taq or VentTM) or other sources ( E. coli, human, retrovirus, etc) to generate the oligomers of the invention in various diagnostic protocols. Synthesis of monomer triphosphates is accomplished by known methods (Otvos, L., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1987) 15:1763-1777).
  • the oligomers are useful as primers that are discrete sequences or as primers with a random sequence.
  • Random sequence primers are generally about 6 or 7 nucleomonomers in length.
  • Such primers can be used in various nucleic acid amplification protocols (PCR, ligase chain reaction, etc) or in cloning protocols.
  • the 5-substitutions of the invention generally do not interfere with the capacity of the oligomer to function as a primer.
  • oligomers of the invention having 2′-modifications at sites other than the 3′ terminal residue, other modifications that render the oligomer RNase H incompetent or otherwise nuclease stable can be advantageously used as probes or primers for RNA or DNA sequences in cellular extracts or other solutions that contain nucleases.
  • the oligomers can be used in protocols for amplifying nucleic acid in a sample by mixing the oligomer with a sample containing target nucleic acid, followed by hybridization of the oligomer with the target nucleic acid and amplifying the target nucleic acid by PCR, LCR or other suitable methods.
  • oligomers derivatized to chelating agents such as EDTA, DTPA or analogs of 1,2-diaminocyclohexane acetic acid can be utilized in various in vitro diagnostic assays as described (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,772,548, 4,707,440 and 4,707,352).
  • oligomers of the invention can be derivatized with crosslinking agents such as 5-(3-iodoacetamidoprop-1-yl)-2′-deoxyuridine or 5-(3-(4-bromobutyramido)prop-1-yl)-2′-deoxyuridine and used in various assay methods or kits as described (International Publication No. WO 90/14353).
  • the ability of the oligomers to inhibit gene expression can be verified in in vitro systems by measuring the levels of expression in subject cells or in recombinant systems, by any suitable method (Graessmann, M., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1991) 19:53-59).
  • the purified material was protected with a 5′ DMT and phosphitylated as described (Marugg, J. E., et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:2661-2664) and used in solid phase synthesis as described (Froehler, B. C., et al, U.S. Pat. No. 4,959,463; Froehler, B. C., et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:5575-5578).
  • Each oligomer (ON) was hybridized with duplex DNA containing the target sequence 5′AGAGAGAGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:4). Hybridization was carried out in 140 mM KCl, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 5 mM Na 2 HPO 4 , pH 6.6. Thermal stability, T m , of the resulting triple helix formed between each oligomer and the target sequence was determined. The following T m values were obtained, ON-1 (control oligomer) was 42.1° C., ON-2 was 48.1° C. and ON-3 was 55° C. The increased T m values of ON-2 and ON-3 were not expected and demonstrated that the triple helix formed was more stable than the corresponding control triple helix structure.
  • the oligomers were hybridized with a single-stranded target RNA sequence, 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:6), in 140 mM KCl, 5 mM MgCl 2 , 5 mM Na 2 HPO 4 , pH 6.6.
  • the following T m values for the duplexes were obtained; ON-1 (control) was 65.5° C., ON-3 was 74.0° C. and ON-4 was 73.0° C.
  • Duplexes formed with ON-3 and ON-4 were more stable than the control oligomer. Surprisingly, ON-3 and ON-4 gave increased T m values which demonstrated that the duplex formed was more stable than the corresponding control duplex structure.
  • 5-(3-Methyl-1-butynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine H-phosphonate was synthesized from 5-iododeoxyuridine essentially as described for 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine H-phosphonate in Example 1, except that 5 equivalents of 3-methyl-1-butyne liquid was used in place of propyne.
  • Silica gel purified material was then converted to the 5′-DMT, 3′-H-phosphonate monomer and used in solid phase synthesis to generate oligomers as follows (ON-1 was used as a control containing thymine and 5-methylcytosine as described in Example 2):
  • the oligomers were hybridized with duplex DNA containing the target sequence, 5′AGAGAGAGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:4). Hybridization was carried out in the buffer described in Example 2 at pH 6.2.
  • ON-1 had a T m of 51.0° C. while the T m of ON-6 was 55.2° C. and that of ON-7 was 55.0° C.
  • T m thermal denaturation or stability
  • DNA Duplex Target 5′ AGAGAGAGAGAAAAAGGA T T (SEQ ID NO:10) 3′ TCTCTCTCTTTTTCCT T T (SEQ ID NO:11)
  • RNA Target 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:12)
  • Test oligomers 8-10 contain substitutions of 5-propynyluracil for thymine and 5-propynylcytosine for methylcytosine.
  • the T m of a triple-helix, in which the third strand contains 2′-deoxycytidines, is pH dependent, and the T m at different pH values (from 5.8 to 7.4) was used to examine the pH dependence of the complex. With all ON's the slope of the plot remained relatively constant ( ⁇ 18 to ⁇ 20° C./pH unit).
  • the low T m of ON-9, relative to ON's 1 and 8, can be explained in terms of basicity of the heterocycle.
  • Titration of the hydrocholoride salt of C* and C′ showed that the pKa of the 5-propyne analog C* (3.30, ⁇ 0.05) is 1.05 units less than the 5-methyl derivative C′ (4.35, ⁇ 0.05).
  • the importance of protonation in triple-helix formation has been demonstrated and the results above indicate that a decrease in basicity of the cytosine nucleobase has a dramatic effect on the stability of the complex.
  • the large difference in pKa's of the cytosines (C* and C′) has no significant effect on the slope of the T m vs pH plot.
  • ON-1 had a T m of 65.5° C.
  • ON-8 had a T m of 74.0° C.
  • ON-9 had a T m of 73.0° C.
  • ON-10 had a T m of more than 90° C.
  • ON-8 containing U* results in an increase in T m of 1.7° C./substitution
  • ON-9 containing C*, results in an increase in T m of 1.5° C./substitution.
  • ON-10 containing complete substitution with U* and C*, has a T m greater than 90° C. (approx. 1.7° C./substitution) indicating that the increases in binding affinity of these substitutions are additive.
  • Binding assays were conducted using a combination of C* and U* in oligomers containing phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages as an additional modification.
  • Phosphorothioate linkages render oligomers nuclease stable, but reduce binding affinity for complementary target sequences relative to unmodified phosphodiester linkages.
  • Other phosphodiester linkage analogs known in the art such as alkylphosphonate, methylphosphonate, phosphoroamidate and triester linkages suffer from similar limitations.
  • oligomers containing a heterocycle modification that enhances binding affinity such as U* or C*
  • a modification that reduces affinity defined herein as a negative modification
  • the propyne modification counteracts the negative binding effect of the phosphorothioate linkages to an unexpected degree. That is, for oligomers containing T and C′ the ⁇ T m between phosphodiester and phosphorothioate is 14° C. (0.7° C.
  • Additional data obtained in vitro with respect to duplex formation with target RNA corresponding to T antigen (TAg) show that the binding of the oligomer to the target is sequence-specific for the 5-substituted oligomers of the invention.
  • the additional oligomers, 21 and 22, were prepared; ON-22 is a scrambled form of ON-21 which is designed to target the T antigen coding region as described above.
  • the oligomers were tested in phosphodiester (ON-21, ON-22) and phosphorothioate (ON-21A, ON-22A) form; and ON-21B and ON-22B the 2′-O-allyl T and C′ oligomers.
  • the results are shown in Table 3:
  • T m The differences in T m between the scrambled and unscrambled form are roughly the same regardless of the pyrimidine or linkage substitution used.
  • T antigen T antigen
  • Oligomers ON-11 through ON-17 designed to target a sequence in the coding region were employed. The oligomers used in this assay were as follows:
  • ON 12 phosphorothioate form of ON-11
  • ON 14 phosphorothioate form of ON-13
  • ON 18 and 19 were mismatch controls and have the same base composition found in ON 15 with sequence mismatches as shown in bold.
  • the T m of the oligomers with the complementary RNA were determined as described above.
  • the nuclease stability of the oligomer in the cells and the ability of the oligomer to inhibit T antigen synthesis was also determined.
  • the ability of ON 11 to ON 17 to confer RNase H sensitivity on the bound RNA was also determined and each oligomer was found to confer RNase H sensitivity. Details of the antisense assay protocol are described in Example 7. The results are shown in Table 4.
  • substituting the phosphorothioate linkage for phosphodiester decreases the affinity of the oligomer for target RNA but enhances the nuclease stability of the oligomers in the cell.
  • Replacement of the thymine and cytosine bases by the 5-substituted bases of the invention enhanced affinity of the oligomers.
  • the enhanced affinity of the oligomer led to detectable T antigen synthesis inhibition.
  • the phosphorothioate analog containing the modified bases is sufficiently stable and has sufficient affinity for the target RNA to effect inhibition of the synthesis of T antigen.
  • a phosphorothioate oligomer ON 20, 5′ U*U*GC′C′GU*U*U*U*C′AU*C′AU*AU*U*U*AAU* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:23), that is complementary to the ⁇ -galactosidase RNA, was able to inhibit ⁇ -galactosidase in a sequence specific manner with an IC 50 of 0.25 ⁇ M.
  • ON 20A, ON 20 with T and C′ did not inhibit ⁇ -galactosidase expression in a sequence specific manner.
  • Antisense oligomers were evaluated for biological efficacy in vivo using a microinjection procedure.
  • the protocol differs from previously described procedures by utilizing an additional coinjected gene which serves as an internal control for transfected gene expression (Graessman, M., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1991) 19:53-59).
  • Microinjections were performed using 5-10 copies per cell of pSV40 plasmid expressing the TAg gene along with varying amounts of antisense oligomers targeted to different regions to the TAg RNA.
  • Coinjection markers such as 40 copies of plasmid per cell containing the ⁇ -galactosidase gene under the control of the RSV promoter or the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene under the control of the SV40 promoter were used.
  • Marker genes are those which generate proteins that can readily be measured so that specificity of gene expression inhibition can be shown.
  • the antisense oligomer does not affect the ability of the cells to continue to produce protein products of the marker gene.
  • Suitable marker genes generate chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), ⁇ -galactosidase, luciferase or cell surface antigens, enzymes or markers for which assay methods are known.
  • microinjected cells expressed the ⁇ -galactosidase protein at 4.5 h after injection while approximately 60% of microinjected cells expressed the TAg protein, as detected by dual label immunofluorescent labeling techniques.
  • Target sequences in the TAg RNA included a coding sequence approximately 150 bases from the translation initiation AUG codon, sequences in the 5′-untranslated region and sequences at the AUG codon.
  • Antisense oligomers from 9 to 20 bases in length were examined using concentrations of oligomers of between 5 nM and 25 ⁇ M and the compounds were assayed at times ranging from 4.5 to 72 hours post injection.
  • CV1 or Rat2 cells were microinjected using conditions essentially as described (Graessman, M., et al., ibid.).
  • An oligomer (5′ ATTTTC′TTC′ATTTTTTC′TTC′ 3′) (SEQ ID NO:14) was systematically varied, using the phosphodiester antisense oligomer, ON-11, as a control.
  • the phosphorothioate analog, ON-12, of the same oligomer was also prepared, but had no altered bases.
  • the corresponding oligomer having the 5-substituted bases of the invention universally substituted was prepared both in the phosphodiester, ON-13, and phosphorothioate form, ON-14; finally, the 2′-O-allyl-substituted form was tested as well.
  • oligomers designed to bind to the 5′ untranslated region of the T antigen near the CAP site of the mRNA and an oligomer with a sequence designed to bind to the region of the start codon.
  • oligomers have the sequences shown:
  • 5′UT oligomer 5′-G CC TCC TCA CTA CTT CTG GA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:26)
  • AUG oligomer 5′-CAT CTT TGC AAA GCT TTT TG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:27)
  • the phosphorothioate form of the 5′UT and AUG oligomers composed of thymine and 5-methylcytosine bases was unable to effect detectable inhibition at 20 ⁇ M.
  • the phosphorothioate analogs wherein 5-propynyluracil was substituted systematically for thymine residues showed 100% inhibition at 1 ⁇ M.
  • TAg sequences at TAg intron/exon junction, exon/exon junction and in an intron were targeted using 15-mer phosphorothioate oligomers that were fully substituted with U* and/or C* according to the target sequences.
  • the oligomers contained from about 50% to about 70% of U* and/or C* bases in the oligomer. All of the oligomers effectively inhibited TAg synthesis.
  • ON-15 was tested for inhibition of T antigen (TAg) expression using the method described in Example 7.
  • ON-1S was incubated for 24 hours with CV1 cells at an extracellular concentration of 50 ⁇ M in tissue culture medium, followed by microinjection of TAg and ⁇ -galactosidase expression plasmids. 4.5 hours after injection, cells were fixed and stained for TAg expression.
  • ON-15 incubated in extracellular medium was much less efficient with no detectable inhibition of TAg synthesis.
  • Fl-ON-15 and ON-15 were delivered to cellular cytoplasm using a commercially available cationic lipid preparation, LipofectinTM (BRL-Gibco, cat. no. 8292SA).
  • a LipofectinTM concentration of 10 ⁇ M in Optimem (BRL-Gibco) was used according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • DOTMA is the lipid present in LipofectinTM.
  • Cells were incubated in Optimem containing either the Fl-ON-15-lipid or ON-15-lipid preparation for 4 hours, followed by incubation of the cells for 16 hours in standard medium (DMEM with 10% FBS for CV1 cells). Immunofluorescence analysis of treated cells showed that about 90% of the cells contained Fl-ON-15 localized in the nucleus.
  • ON-15 inhibited TAg expression with an IC 50 of less than 5 nM using LipofectinTM at a 10 ⁇ M concentration.
  • oligomer complexed with cationic lipid such as LipofectinTM
  • cationic lipid such as LipofectinTM
  • a label such as fluorescein and/or 5-modified pyrimidines such as U* or C*
  • modifications incorporated into oligomers, such as base analogs or a label do not interfere with formation cationic lipid-oligomer complexes.
  • Fl-ON-15 was also delivered into cells by a transfection protocol using DMSO.
  • CV1 cells were incubated in DMEM-10% FBS medium containing 1% DMSO and 1 ⁇ M Fl-ON-15 for 4 hours at 37° C. Fluorescence microscopy demonstrated that the oligomer was localized in the nucleus of about 20% of the treated cells.
  • Fl-ON-15 was synthesized by coupling a commercially available aminohexane amidite (Glen Research) to the 5′-OH of ON-15 using standard coupling conditions. The free amine was then linked to fluorescein-NHS ester (Molecular Probes) to generate Fl-ON-15. Synthesis of fluorescein-linked oligomer can also be accomplished using fluorescein amidite or fluorescein-CPG according to manufacturer's instructions (Glen Research).
  • FIG. 11 shows a synthesis scheme that was used to obtain a formacetal linked 5-propynyl-2′-deoxyuracil dimer.
  • the synthesis protocol introduced the propynyl substituent at the level of a dimer by conversion of the 5-iodouracil precursor as shown.
  • a similar protocol can be used to convert trimers, tetramers, pentamers or longer 5-iodo precursors to the 5-propynyl product in a similar fashion. This synthetic method gave unexpectedly high yields of the 5-propynyl product.
  • 5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine In a 25 mL pear shaped flask was placed 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine (0.354 g, 1.0 mmol), 2-trimethylstannylpyridine (0.84 g, 3.5 mmol), Bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (II) chloride (0.070 g, 0.1 mmol), and anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (15 mL). The reaction was heated at 60° C. for 15 hrs then at 90° C. for 1 h.
  • 5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxycytidine 5-iodo-2′-deoxycytidine (0.425 g, 1.2 mmol), 2-trimethylstannylpyridine (1.4 g, 5.8 mmol), Bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (II) chloride (0.084 g, 0.12 mmol), and anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (15 mL). The reaction was heated at 60° C. for 15 hrs then at 90° C. for 1 h.
  • 2-((Trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)pyrimidine 2-iodopyrimidine (20. g, 9.7 mmol), copper (I) iodide (9.5 mg, 0.05 mmol), triethylamine (0.7 mL, 5.0 mmol), Bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (II) chloride (0.07 g, 0.1 mmol) and anhydrous dioxane (10 mL). The reaction was heated at 60° C. for 18 hours then at 95° C. for 8 h.
  • the oligomers were tested with respect to thermal denaturation (T m ) or stability after hybridization with DNA or RNA targets to form triplex or duplex structures respectively.
  • the DNA target used was an oligomer containing a self-complementary region and having a 4 nucleotide loop at the end of the hairpin as shown.
  • the targets were as follows:
  • DNA Duplex Target 5′ AGAGAGAGAGAAAAAGGA T T (SEQ ID NO:10) 3′ TCTCTCTCTTTTTCCT T T (SEQ ID NO:11)
  • RNA Target 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:12)
  • the final concentration of all oligomers was ⁇ 2 ⁇ M.
  • T m data obtained with the oligomers is shown in Table 6.
  • the oligomers were tested with respect to thermal denaturation (T m ) or stability after hybridization with ssDNA or ssRNA targets to form a duplex and with dsDNA to form a triplex.
  • the DNA target used was an oligomer containing a self-complementary region and having a 4 nucleotide loop at the end of the hairpin as shown.
  • the targets were as follows:
  • DNA Duplex Target 5′ AGAGAGAGAGAAAAAGGA T T (SEQ ID NO:10) 3′ TCTCTCTCTTTTTCCT T T (SEQ ID NO:11)
  • DNA/RNA Target Sequence 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:12)
  • the final concentration of all oligomers was ⁇ 2 ⁇ M.
  • T m data obtained with the oligomers is shown in Table 7.
  • the oligomers were tested with respect to target sequence binding by footprint analysis using DNase digestion after binding with duplex DNA to form triplex structures. Hybridization was conducted at 37 C. for about 1 hour in 140 mM KCL, 10 mM NaCl, 1 mM MgCl, 1 mM spermine hydrochloride, MOPS pH 7.2 using target DNA at approximately 1 nM.
  • the target sequence was as follows:
  • DNA Duplex Target 5′AGAGAGAGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:4) 3′TCTCTCTCTTTTT 5′. (SEQ ID NO:40)
  • the sequence was contained on a gel purified 370-bp restriction fragment derived from a cloning vector.
  • concentration of ON-1 and ON-32 was varied from 0.01 to 10.0 ⁇ M.
  • the ON-33 and ON-34 target sequence was as follows:
  • DNA Duplex Target 5′AAAGAAAGGAGGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:41) 3′TTTCTTTCCTCCTTTTT 5′. (SEQ ID NO:42)
  • the sequence was contained in a plasmid that was linearized by restriction enzyme digestion. The sequence is found in the promoter region of the IL-1 gene.
  • the assays for triple-helix binding were conducted in 140 mM KCL/10 mM NaCl/1 mM MgCL 2 /1 mM spermine hydrochloride/20 mM MOPS pH 7.2. The final concentration of the target was ⁇ 2 nM while the concentration of ON-33 and ON-34 was varied from 0.1 to 10.0 ⁇ M.
  • ON-33 which gave full DNase protection at 0.1 ⁇ M
  • ON-34 which gave full DNase protection at a concentration well below 0.1 ⁇ M
  • ON-34 had a binding affinity for duplex DNA that was greater than or equal to 10-fold greater than the affinity of ON-33 for the same target.
  • the oligomers were tested with respect to thermal denaturation (T m ) or stability after hybridization with an RNA target to form duplex structures.
  • T m thermal denaturation
  • the target was as follows:
  • RNA Target 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:49)
  • the final concentration of all oligomers was ⁇ 2 ⁇ M.
  • T m data obtained with the oligomers is shown in Table 8.
  • RNAs bound by oligomers containing 2′ modifications and the invention bases can be advantageously used as probes for RNA sequences in cellular extracts containing nucleases.
  • the DNA target sequence used was:
  • DNA Duplex Target 5′AGAGAAGGGAGAAGAGAAAGAAATTTTTTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:52) 3′TCTCTTTTTTCTTCTCTTTAAAAAAAAA 5′ (SEQ ID NO:53)
  • the target sequence was introduced into an intron of the TAg gene and was used in DNase protection analysis as a linearized restriction fragment at about 2 nM.
  • the switchback linker synthon, X* had the structure 9 shown in FIG. 5-1 and was incorporated into ON-41 and ON-42 by standard H-phosphonate chemistry.
  • the switchback linker was associated with 2 null base pairs (bases in the target that were not hybridized with). Full DNase protection of the target sequence was obtained using either ON-41 or ON-42 at a concentration less than 100 nM.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Saccharide Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Novel oligomers are disclosed which have enhanced ability with respect to forming duplexes or triplexes compared with oligomers containing only conventional bases. The oligomers contain the bases 5-(1-propynyl)uracil, 5-(1-propynyl)cytosine or related analogs. The oligomers of the invention are capable of (i) forming triplexes with various target sequences such as virus or oncogene sequences by coupling into the major groove of a target DNA duplex at physiological pH or (ii) forming duplexes by binding to single-stranded DNA or to RNA encoded by target genes. The oligomers of the invention can be incorporated into pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and can be constructed to have any desired sequence, provided the sequence normally includes one or more bases that is replaced with the analogs of the invention. Compositions of the invention can be used as pharmaceutical agents to treat various diseases such as those caused by viruses and can be used for diagnostic purposes in order to detect viruses or disease conditions.

Description

This is a divisional of application(s) Ser. No. 07/976,103 filed on Nov. 25, 1992 now U.S. Pat. No. 5,645,985 which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 07/965,941, filed Oct. 23, 1992, now abandoned and is a continuation of Ser. No. 08/338,352, filed Nov. 14, 1994, now U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,887 which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 07/935,444, filed Aug. 25, 1992, now abandoned which is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Ser. No. 07/799,824, filed Nov. 26, 1991 now U.S. Pat. No. 5,484,908. A divisional of U.S. Ser. No. 07/976,103 was filed Nov. 25, 1992, bearing U.S. Ser. No. 08/473,481.
TECHNICAL FIELD
The invention relates generally to novel nucleomonomer and oligomer analogs, and to oligonucleotide-based therapy and diagnosis by binding of the oligonucleotide analogs to single or double-stranded nucleic acid target sequences. More specifically, the invention concerns oligomers containing certain 5-substituted pyrimidine base residues and intermediates in their synthesis.
BACKGROUND ART
Sequence-specific binding of oligonucleotides both to single-stranded RNA and DNA and to duplex DNA has been demonstrated. The appropriate sequence recognition for binding to single-stranded targets is well known: the A-T and G-C pairing characteristic of duplex formation has been established as the basis for DNA replication and transcription.
More recently, oligonucleotides have been shown to bind in a sequence-specific manner to duplex DNA to form triplexes. Single-stranded nucleic acid, primarily RNA, is the target molecule for oligonucleotides that are used to inhibit gene expression by an “antisense” mechanism (Uhlmann, E., et al, Chem Reviews (1990) 90:543-584; van der Krol, A. R., et al, Biotechniques (1988) 6:958-976). Antisense oligonucleotides are postulated to exert an effect on target gene expression by hybridizing with a complementary RNA sequence. In this model, the hybrid RNA-oligonucleotide duplex interferes with one or more aspects of RNA metabolism including processing, translation and metabolic turnover. Chemically modified oligonucleotides have been used to enhance their nuclease stability.
Duplex DNA can be specifically recognized by oligomers based on a recognizable nucleomonomer sequence. Two major recognition motifs have been recognized. In an earlier description of a “CT” motif, protonated cytosine residues recognize G-C basepairs while thymine residues recognize A-T basepairs in the duplex. These recognition rules are outlined by Maher III, L. J., et al., Science (1989) 245:725-730; Moser, H. E., et al., Science (1987) 238:645-650. More recently, an additional motif, termed “GT” recognition, has been described (Beal, P. A., et al, Science (1992) 25:1360-1363; Cooney, M., et al., Science (1988) 241:456-459; Hogan, M. E., et al., EP Publication 375408). In the G-T motif, A-T pairs are recognized by adenine or thymine residues and G-C pairs by guanine residues.
In both of these binding motifs, the recognition sequence of the oligomer must align with the complementary sequence of the purine chain of the duplex; thus, recognition, for example, of an A-T pair by a thymine, depends on the location of the adenyl residues along the purine chain of the duplex. An exception to the foregoing is the recent report by Griffin, L. C., et al., Science (1989) 245:967-971, that limited numbers of guanine residues can be provided within pyrimidine-rich oligomers and specifically recognize thymine-adenine base pairs; this permits the inclusion of at least a limited number of pyrimidine residues in the homopurine target.
The two motifs exhibit opposite binding orientations with regard to homopurine target chains in the duplex. In the CT motif, the targeting oligonucleotide is oriented parallel to the target purine-rich sequence; in the GT motif, the oligonucleotide is oriented antiparallel (Beal, P. A., et al., Science (1990) 25:1360-1363).
The efficiency of binding by C residues in CT motif oligomers is reduced as the pH of hybridization is increased. The protonated tautomer of C (C+) is the binding competent species in Hoogsteen binding, but is present at only low levels at physiological pH. This is consonant with the pKa of cytosine which is 4.25. Base analogs such as 5-methylcytosine, pKa 4.35, (Lee, J. S. et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1984) 12:6603-6614), 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine (Krawczyk, S. H. et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1992) 89:3761-3764; International Application No. PCT/US91/08811), pseudoisocytidine (Ono, A., et al, J Org Chem (1992) 57:3225-3230; International Application No. PCT/US90/03275) or carbocyclic cytidine (Froehler, B. C., et al, J Am Chem Soc (1992) 114:8320-8322; U.S. patent application Ser. No. 07/864,873 incorporated herein by reference) have been utilized to obtain binding of CT motif oligomers over an extended pH range.
Sequence-specific targeting of both single-stranded and duplex target sequences has applications in diagnosis, analysis, and therapy. Under some circumstances wherein such binding is to be effected, it is advantageous to stabilize the resulting duplex or triplex over long time periods.
Covalent crosslinking of the oligomer to the target provides one approach to prolong stabilization. Sequence-specific recognition of single-stranded DNA accompanied by covalent crosslinking has been reported by several groups. For example, Vlassov, V. V., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:4065-4076, describe covalent bonding of a single-stranded DNA fragment with alkylating derivatives of nucleomonomers complementary to target sequences. A report of similar work by the same group is that by Knorre, D. G., et al., Biochimie (1985) 67:785-789. Iverson and Dervan also showed sequence-specific cleavage of single-stranded DNA mediated by incorporation of a modified nucleomonomer which was capable of activating cleavage (J Am Chem Soc (1987) 109:1241-1243). Meyer, R. B., et al., J Am Chem Soc (1989) 111:8517-8519, effect covalent crosslinking to a target nucleomonomer using an alkylating agent complementary to the single-stranded target nucleomonomer sequence. Photoactivated crosslinking to single-stranded oligonucleotides mediated by psoralen was disclosed by Lee, B. L., et al., Biochemistry (1988) 27:3197-3203. Use of crosslinking in triple-helix forming probes was also disclosed by Horne, et al., J Am Chem Soc (1990) 112:2435-2437.
Use of N4,N4-ethanocytosine as an alkylating agent to crosslink to single-stranded and double-stranded oligomers has also been described (Webb and Matteucci, J Am Chem Soc (1986) 108:2764-2765; Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:7661-7674; Shaw, J. P., et al, J Am Chem Soc (1991) 13:7765-7766). These papers also describe the synthesis of oligonucleotides containing the derivatized cytosine. Matteucci and Webb, in a later article in Tetrahedron Letters (1987) 28:2469-2472, describe the synthesis of oligomers containing N6,N6-ethanoadenine and the crosslinking properties of this residue in the context of an oligonucleotide binding to a single-stranded DNA.
In a recent paper, Praseuth, D., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci (USA) (1988) 85:1349-1353, described sequence-specific binding of an octathymidylate conjugated to a photoactivatable crosslinking agent to both single-stranded and double-stranded DNA.
In addition, Vlassov, V. V. et al., Gene (1988) 313-322 and Fedorova, O. S. et al., FEBS (1988) 228:273-276, describe targeting duplex DNA with an alkylating agent linked through a 5′-phosphate of an oligonucleotide.
In effecting binding to obtain a triplex, to provide for instances wherein purine residues are concentrated on one chain of the target and then on the opposite chain, oligomers of inverted polarity can be provided. By “inverted polarity” is meant that the oligomer contains tandem sequences which have opposite polarity, i. e., one having polarity 5′→3′ followed by another with polarity 3′→5′, or vice versa. This implies that these sequences are joined by linkages which can be thought of as effectively a 3′-3′ internucleoside junction (however the linkage is accomplished), or effectively a 5′-5′ internucleoside junction. Such oligomers have been suggested as by-products of reactions to obtain cyclic oligonucleotides by Capobionco, M. L., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1990) 18:2661-2669. Compositions of “parallel-stranded DNA” designed to form hairpins secured with AT linkages using either a 3′-3′ inversion or a 5′-5′ inversion have been synthesized by van de Sande, J. H., et al., Science (1988) 241:551-557. In addition, triple helix formation using oligomers which contain 3′-3′ linkages have been described (Horne, D. A., and Dervan, P. B., J Am Chem Soc (1990) 112:2435-2437; Froehler, B. C., et al, Biochemistry (1992) 31:1603-1609).
The use of triple helix (or triplex) complexes as a means for inhibition of the expression of target gene expression has been previously adduced (International Application No. PCT/US89/05769). Triple helix structures have been shown to interfere with target gene expression (International Application No. PCT/US91/09321; Young, S. L. et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1991) 88:10023-10026), demonstrating the feasibility of this approach.
European Patent Application No. 92103712.3, Rahim, S. G., et al (Antiviral Chem Chemother (1992) 3:293-297), and International Application No. PCT/SE91/00653 describe pyrimidine nucleomonomer characterized by the presence of an unsaturated group in the 5-position. Propynyl and ethynyl groups are included among the derivatives at the 5-position that are described in the applications.
Synthesis of nucleomonomers having unsaturated alkyl groups at the 5-position of uracil has been described (DeClercq, E., et al, J Med Chem (1983) 26:661-666; Goodchild, J., et al, J Med Chem (1983)26:1252-1257). Oligomers containing 5-propynyl modified pyrimidines have been described (Froehler, B. C., et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1992) 33:5307-5310).
Conversion of 5-propynyl-2′-deoxyuridine, 5-butynyl-2′-deoxyuridine and related compounds to the 5′-triphosphate followed by incorporation of the monomer into oligomers by E. coli polymerase has been described (Valko, K., et al, J Liquid Chromatog (1989) 12:2103-2116; Valko, K. et al, J Chromatog (1990) 506:35-44). These studies were conducted as a structure to activity analysis of nucleotide analogs having a series of substitutions at the 5- position of uracil. The activity of the nucleotide analogs as substrates for E. coli polymerase was examined and correlated with characteristics such as the hydrophobicity of the monomer. No information was presented regarding the properties of oligomers containing the analogs.
European patent application 0492570 published Jul. 1, 1992 describes a method for detecting a target polynucleotide using a single-stranded polynucleotide probe in which an intercalating molecule is attached by a linker which comprises at least 3 carbon atoms and a double bond at the alpha position relative to the base.
PCT patent publication WO 92/02258 describes nuclease resistant, pyrimidine modified oligomers including a substituent-group at the 5 or 6 positions, including phenyl. 5-Phenyl-2′-deoxyuridine has been subsequently incorporated into oligomers and shown to decrease the binding affinity of oligomers containing this modification for both single stranded and double stranded target sequences.
DNA synthesis via amidite and hydrogen phosphonate chemistries has been described (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,725,677; 4,415,732; 4,458,066; 4,959,463).
Oligomers having enhanced affinity for complementary target nucleic acid sequences would have improved properties for diagnostic applications, therapeutic applications and research reagents. Thus, a need exists for oligomers with enhanced binding affinity for complementary sequences. Oligomers of the present invention have improved binding affinity for double stranded and/or single stranded target sequences.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF FIGURES
FIG. 1. Dimer synthons containing bases of the invention.
FIG. 2. Dimer synthons containing bases of the invention and containing 5 and 6 membered riboacetal type linkages.
FIG. 3. Dimer synthons containing bases of the invention and containing 6 and 7 membered riboacetal type linkages.
FIG. 4. Synthesis of monomers containing 2′-O-allyl modifications.
FIG. 5. Synthesis of o-xylene linked switchback dimers (synthetic method #1).
FIG. 6. Synthesis of monomers containing 2′-S-alkyl modifications.
FIG. 7. Synthesis of dimer linked by a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (method #2).
FIG. 8. Synthesis of trimer linked by a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (method #2).
FIG. 9. Synthesis of dimer linked by a riboacetal linkage (method #3).
FIG. 10. Coupling groups for oligomer synthesis via amidite or triester chemistry.
FIG. 11. Synthesis of dimer linked by a formacetal linkage (method #2).
FIG. 12. oligomer synthesis by (1) hydrogen-phosphonate, (2) amidite chemistry and (3) methyl phosphonate derivatives (method #1).
FIG. 13. Synthesis of a monomer for an oligomer containing amide linkages (method #4).
FIG. 14. Synthesis of the 5-((1-ethynyl)-2pyrimidinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine nucleomonomer.
FIG. 15. Synthesis of 5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine and 5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxycytidine nucleomonomers.
FIG. 16. Synthesis of 5-(2-thienyl)-2′-deoxyuridine derivative.
FIG. 17. Oligomers containing amide substitute linkages; repeating nucleomonomer units and exemplary amide-linked oligomer structures.
FIG. 18. Dimers synthons containing bases of the invention and having exemplary 2′,5′ linkages; thioformacetal and carbamate linkages.
STRUCTURAL FORMULAS
Structural formulas that are described herein are designated as a numeral in parentheses ((1), (2), etc.) and chemical compounds are designated as an underlined numeral (1, 2, etc.).
DISCLOSURE OF THE INVENTION
The invention provides an oligomer comprising at least two and preferably a multiplicity of nucleomonomers wherein at least one nucleomonomer comprises a base of formula (1) or (2)
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00001
wherein
each X is independently O or S;
R2 is a group comprising at least one pi bond connected to a carbon atom attached to the base; and
Pr is (H)2 or a protecting group,
with the proviso that when at least one of said nucleomonomers of said oligomer comprises deoxyuridine 5-substituted by vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl, or 1-octynyl, then the remainder of the nucleomonomers comprising said oligomer are not solely comprised of phosphodiester linked 2′-deoxyadenosine, 2′-deoxyguanosine, 2′-deoxycytidine, thymidine or a combination thereof.
Definitions
The following definitions are brief synopses of terms that are more fully defined hereinbelow.
Nucleomonomer. As used herein, the term “nucleomonomer” means a moiety comprising (1) a base covalently linked to (2) a second moiety. Nucleomonomers include nucleosides and nucleotides. Nucleomonomers can be linked to form oligomers that bind to target or complementary base sequences in nucleic acids in a sequence specific manner.
A “second moiety” as used herein includes those species which contain modifications of the sugar moiety, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with a halogen, a heteroatom, an aliphatic groups, or are functionalized as ethers, amines, and the like. The pentose moiety can be replaced by a hexose or an alternate structure such as a cyclopentane ring, a 6-member morpholino ring and the like. Nucleosides as defined herein are also intended to include a base linked to an amino acid and/or an amino acid analog having a free carboxyl group and/or a free amino group and/or protected forms thereof.
Base. “Base” as used herein includes those moieties which contain not only the known purine and pyrimidine heterocycles and the invention pyrimidines, but also heterocycle analogs and tautomers thereof. Purines include adenine, guanine and xanthine and exemplary purine analogs include 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine and 7-deazaxanthine. Pyrimidines include uracil and cytosine and their analogs such as 5-methylcytosine, 5-methyluracil and 4,4-ethanocytosine. Invention bases are pyrimidines derivatized at the 5-position. The derivatives are 1-alkenyl-, 1-alkynyl-, heteroaromatic- and 1-alkynyl-heteroaromatic modifications. “1-Alkenyl” means an olefinically-unsaturated (double bond containing) acyclic group. “1-Alkynyl” means an acetylenically-unsaturated (triple bond containing) acylic group. “Heteroaromatic” means a compound having at least one heterocyclic ring, 5 or 6 ring atoms, having physical and chemical properties resembling compounds such as an aromatic group. “Heteroaromatic” also means systems having one or more rings, including bicyclic moieties such as benzimidazole, benzotriazole, benzoxazole, and indole. A base also includes heterocycles such as 2-aminopyridine and triazines. 1-Alkynyl-heteroaromatic means 1-ethynyl-heteroaryl wherein heteroaryl is as defined above.
Nucleoside. As used herein, “nucleoside” means a base covalently attached to a sugar or sugar analog and which may contain a phosphite or phosphine. The term nucleoside includes ribonucleosides, deoxyribonucleosides, or any other nucleoside which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a base. The stereochemistry of the sugar carbons can be other than that of D-ribose.
Nucleosides include those species which contain modifications of the sugar moiety, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with a halogen, a heteroatom, an aliphatic groups, or are functionalized as ethers, amines, thiols, and the like. The pentose moiety can be replaced by a hexose or an alternate structure such as a cyclopentane ring, a 6-member morpholino ring and the like. Nucleosides as defined herein are also intended to include a base linked to an amino acid and/or an amino acid analog having a free carboxyl group and/or a free amino group and/or protected forms thereof.
Nucleotide. As used herein, “nucleotide” means nucleoside having a phosphate group or phosphate analog.
Sugar Modification. As used herein, “sugar modification” means any pentose or hexose moiety other than 2′-deoxyribose. Modified sugars include D-ribose, 2′-O-alkyl, 2′-amino, 2′-halo functionalized pentoses, hexoses and the like. Sugars having a stereochemistry other than that of a D-ribose are also included.
Linkage. As used herein, “linkage” means a phosphodiester moiety (—O—P(O)(O)—O—) that covalently couples adjacent nucleomonomers.
Substitute Linkages. As used herein, “substitute linkage” means any analog of the native phosphodiester group that covalently couples adjacent nucleomonomers. Substitute linkages include phosphodiester analogs, e.g. such as phosphorothioate and methylphosphonate, and nonphosphorus containing linkages, e.g. such as acetals and amides.
Switchback. As used herein, “switchback” means an oligomer having at least one region of inverted polarity. Switchback oligomers are able to bind to opposite strands of a duplex to form a triplex on both strands of the duplex. The linker joining the regions of inverted polarity is a substitute linkage.
Oligomers. Oligomers are defined herein as two or more nucleomonomers covalently coupled to each other by a linkage or substitute linkage moiety. Thus, an oligomer can have as few as two nucleomonomers (a dimer). Oligomers can be binding competent and, thus, can base pair with cognate single-stranded or double-stranded nucleic acid sequences. Oligomers (e.g. dimers—hexamers) are also useful as synthons for longer oligomers as described herein. Oligomers can also contain abasic sites and pseudonucleosides.
Blocking Groups. As used herein, “blocking group” refers to a substituent other than H that is conventionally attached to oligomers or nucleomonomers, either as a protecting group, a coupling group for synthesis, PO3 −2, or other conventional conjugate such as a solid support. As used herein, “blocking group” is not intended to be construed solely as a protecting group, according to slang terminology, but also includes, for example, coupling groups such as a hydrogen phosphonate or a phosphoramidite.
Protecting group. “Protecting group” as used herein means any group capable of preventing the O-atom or N-atom to which it is attached from participating in a reaction or bonding. Such protecting groups for O- and N-atoms in nucleomonomers are described and methods for their introduction are conventionally known in the art. Protecting groups also prevent reactions and bonding at carboxylic acids, thiols and the like.
Coupling group. “Coupling group” as used herein means any group suitable for generating a linkage or substitute linkage between nucleomonomers such as a hydrogen phosphonate and a phosphoramidite.
Conjugate. “Conjugate” as used herein means any group attached to the oligomer at a terminal end or within the oligomer itself. Conjugates include solid supports, such as silica gel, controlled pore glass and polystyrene; labels, such as fluorescent, chemiluminescent, radioactive, enzymatic moieties and reporter groups; oligomer transport agents, such as polycations, serum proteins and glycoproteins and polymers and the like.
Pi bond. “Pi bond” as used herein means an unsaturated covalent bond such as a double or triple bond. Both atoms can be carbon or one can be carbon and the other nitrogen, for example, phenyl, propynyl, cyano and the like.
Synthon. “Synthon” as used herein means a structural unit within a molecule that can be formed and/or assembled by known or conceivable synthetic operations.
Transfection. “Transfection” as used herein refers to any method that is suitable for enhanced delivery of oligomers into cells.
Subject. “Subject” as used herein means an animal, including a mammal, particularly a human.
DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
Oligomers including either or both of the modified bases (1) or (2) show enhanced binding capacities in the formation of duplexes or triplexes with single-stranded RNA or DNA or duplex target sequences, respectively.
When the certain 5-substituted pyrimidines noted above are present, the additional nucleomonomer modifications can vary widely as discussed hereinafter. Preferably, the additional modification is at least one substitute linkage or a sugar modification such as a 2′-substituted deoxyribose.
The substitution of a base (1) or (2) of the invention, such as in 5-(1-alkenyl)-, 5-(1-alkynyl)-, 5-heteroaromatic- or 1-alkynyl-heteroaromatic substituted bases for thymine or cytosine in oligomers which target DNA duplexes provides binding competent oligomers with enhanced binding affinity. Substitution for thymine base residues by the 5-substituted uracil or thiouracil base residues of the invention or substitution for cytosine or 2-thiocytosine base residues by the 5-substituted cytosine base residues of the invention enhance the ability of the resulting oligomer to bind single-stranded DNA or RNA targets. In addition, some of the 5-substituted pyrimidine base residues significantly enhance triple helix formation with double stranded DNA.
For some R2, substitution of 5-R2 substituted U (5-R2-U) for T in oligomers results in enhanced ability to form triplexes and duplexes as compared with the oligomers containing thymine. 5-R2-U in these oligomers, in triplex formation recognizes adenine residues in adenine-thymine base pairs when hybridized in the parallel CT triplex motif. Oligomers having 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine (a cytosine analog for triplex binding) and 5-R2-U also bind in the CT motif. Oligomers having 5-R2-U and guanine are suitable for triplex binding to duplex sequences via the GT motif (5-R2-U recognizes adenine). Some oligomers containing substitution of 5-R2 substituted C (5-R2-C) in place of C bind duplex DNA, but not as well as control oligomers containing 5-methylcytosine at corresponding positions. The reduced efficiency of triplex formation is believed to result primarily from the reduced pKa of the substituted base. In the 5-propynyl-substituted nucleomonomer corresponding to the nucleomonomer containing 5-methylcytosine, the pKa is only 3.30.
The oligomers of the invention are thus capable of forming triplexes with various target sequences such as those found in oncogenes or viruses by binding in the major groove of a target DNA duplex under physiological pH conditions.
However, alteration of the heterocycle pKa as described above for the 5-R2-C does not significantly affect binding to single-stranded target nucleic acid. In addition to binding efficiently to double-stranded target sequences, oligomers of the invention containing 5-R2 substituted U in place of T and/or 5-R2 substituted C in place of C were also found to bind single-stranded RNA efficiently. Oligomers containing either 5-R2-C or 5-R2-U formed duplex structures with complementary single-stranded RNA that had increased thermal stability (Tm) compared to the duplex formed by a control oligomer as described below.
Accordingly, in one aspect, the invention is directed to an oligomer comprising at least two and preferably, a multiplicity, of nucleomonomers wherein at least one said nucleomonomer comprises a base of formula (1) or (2) above.
Preferably, each X is O, i.e. formula (1) is uracil and formula (2) is cytosine. Other suitable pyrimidines include 4-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 2,4-dithiouracil and 2-thiocytosine.
In one embodiment of the invention R2 is cyano, C1-12 1-alkenyl or 1-alkynyl or is a C1-12 heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms is N, S or O. Preferably, R2 is a C2-8 1-alkenyl or 1-alkynyl or a C2-8 heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one ring atom is N and optionally a second ring atom is N, S or O.
By “1-alkenyl” is meant an olefinically-unsaturated acyclic group, for example, vinyl, 1-propenyl, 1-butenyl optionally substituted by halogen or an alkynyl group.
By “1-alkynyl” is meant an acetylenically-unsaturated acylic group, such as ethynyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-pentynyl, 1,3-pentadiynyl, and the like optionally substituted by an aryl or heteroaryl group, such as phenylethynyl, pyridine-ethynyl, pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, thiophene-ethynyl, thiazole-ethynyl and imidazole-ethynyl.
By “heteroaromatic” is meant a compound having at least one heterocyclic ring having physical and chemical properties resembling compounds such as an aromatic group of from 5 to 6 ring atoms and 2 to 12 carbon atoms in which one to three ring atoms is N, S or O, for example, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-thiazoyl, triazinyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, 2-pyridinyl (o-pyridinyl), 3-pyridinyl (m-pyridinyl), 4-pyridinyl (p-pyridinyl), 2-thienyl, 2-furanyl, 2-pyrrolyl optionally substituted preferably on a ring C by oxygen, alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms or halogen or on a ring N by alkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents on the heteroaryl group are methyl, ethyl, trifluoromethyl, and bromo.
Preferred oligomers contain one or more 5-R2-U or 5-R2-C bases.
In another embodiment of the invention, the oligomer comprises at least one base of formula (1) or (2) wherein each X is independently O or S; and R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethynyl, 2-, 3-, and 4-pyridine-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-, 4- and 5-thiazolyl, 1-methyl-2-imidazolyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl, 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, 2-pyridinyl, 2- and 3-furanyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-thienyl-ethynyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-thiazoyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-pyrrolyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-thienyl, 2- and 3-furanyl, 2- and 3-pyrrolyl, propenyl (—CH═CH—CH3), vinyl and —C≡C—Z where Z is hydrogen (H) or C1-10 alkyl, haloalkyl (C1-10 with 1 to 6 halogen atoms or heteroalkyl (C1-10 with 1 to 3 heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N and S); and
Pr is (H)2 or a protecting group.
Examples of —C≡C—Z include 1-propynyl (—C≡C—CH3), 3-buten-1-ynyl (—C≡C—CH═CH2), 3-methyl-1-butynyl (—C≡C—CH(CH3)2), 3,3-dimethyl-1-butynyl (—C≡C—C(CH3)3), 1-butynyl (—C≡C—CH2—CH3), 1,3-pentadiynyl (—C≡C—C≡C—CH3) and ethynyl.
Preferred halogens are selected from the group consisting of fluorine, chlorine and bromine. Substitutions including bromovinyl can be included in the oligomers.
Aspects of the invention include the use of nucleomonomers, two linked nucleomonomers (dimers), three linked nucleomonomers (trimers), four linked nucleomonomers (tetramers), five linked nucleomonomers (pentamers) or six linked nucleomonomers (hexamers) as intermediates in the synthesis of the longer oligomers of the invention. These oligomers are valuable synthons of the invention that are useful in the synthesis of longer oligomers.
In other aspects, the invention is directed to duplexes or triplexes obtained by binding the foregoing oligomers to single-stranded or duplex nucleic acid targets.
Other useful intermediates in the synthesis of the oligomers of the invention include an o-xyloso dimer having the structural formula (5),
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00002
wherein each Y is independently an oligomer or R1; and each B is independently a base provided that at least one B is a base of formula (1) or (2) wherein R2 is as defined herein.
Also included are intermediates of the formula (6) shown in FIG. 1, wherein X is selected from the group consisting of O and S; and each Y, B, and R3 is independently selected and has the meaning defined herein.
The oligomers of the invention are also suitable for binding to DNA duplex target sequences via either CT or GT triple helix binding motif.
The novel oligomers of the present invention are useful in antisense therapies wherein an oligomer hydridizes with a selected complementary RNA sequence or triple helix therapies wherein an oligomer hydridizes with a selected complementary DNA sequence.
The invention is also directed to an oligomer of the invention comprising a positive modification of least one base of formula (1) or (2) of the invention and a negative modification, each with respect to the binding affinity of the oligomer to a complementary nucleic acid sequence. The positive modification counteracts the effect of the negative modification to a degree that is more than additive with respect to the binding affinity, thus a synergistic effect is observed.
An aspect of the invention is the inclusion of the invention bases in oligomers that are resistant to nuclease degradation relative to an oligodeoxynucleotide having no modifications. Nuclease resistant oligomers of the invention are advantageously used under conditions where nucleases are present. For certain applications, such as modulation of gene expression by via an antisense mechanism, nuclease stability by oligomers of the invention is an important functional aspect of the oligomer.
Other aspects of the invention are directed to pharmaceutical compositions, reagents and kits comprising the oligomers of the invention, to methods of treating conditions, such as cancers and viruses or the like. Such conditions are associated with or characterized by particular nucleic acids such as DNA duplexes or single-stranded RNA or DNA.
An additional aspect of the invention includes methods of detecting the presence, absence or amount of a particular single-stranded DNA or RNA or a particular target duplex in a biological (or other) sample using the oligomers of the invention, to detect selected nucleic acid sequences. Such sequences can be associated with the presence of neoplastic growth, viruses or disease conditions. Reagents and kits containing oligomers of the invention represent an aspect of the invention that permit facile use of the oligomers as reagents useful for
(1) modulating gene expression in cells in vitro including cells grown in tissue culture, and
(2) detecting and/or quantitating target sequences.
It has been found that some of the oligomers of the invention have enhanced binding properties with respect to complementary single-stranded and double-stranded nucleic acid sequences as compared to unmodified oligomers not having the 5-substitution of the invention. Triple helix structures can be formed at physiological pH levels of 7.0 and higher, where unmodified control oligomers were less efficient. Improved duplex formation is also noted.
A feature of the invention is that the oligomers of the invention can be comprised of a variety of different sequences and thereby used to target a variety of different single-stranded or double-stranded target sequences.
An advantage of the present invention is that the oligomers of the invention are capable of forming triplexes under physiological pH conditions.
Another feature of oligomers containing 5-R2 substituted uracil or cytosine base (1) or (2) of the invention compared to oligomers containing thymine or cytosine is that the lipophilic group (R2) can enhance cell permeation or uptake. The nucleomonomers containing these bases are more lipophilic than uridine, cytidine or thymidine based on retention times on reverse phase HPLC.
Additional Nucleomonomer Modifications
Oligomers that are comprised of nucleomonomers can also contain modifications in addition to the 5-modified pyrimidines of the invention. A non-limiting exemplary list of such additional modifications includes oligomers where (i) one or more nucleomonomer residues are modified at the 2′ position, (ii) one or more covalent crosslinking moieties are incorporated, (iii) inverted polarity linkers are incorporated, (iv) substitute linkages are included, (v) other base analogs, such as 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine, are included and (vi) conjugates such as intercalating agents or polylysine that respectively enhance binding affinity to target nucleic acid sequences or that enhance association of the oligomer with cells are included.
The ability of the 5-substitution of the bases (1) and (2) of the invention to enhance affinity of the oligomer for single-stranded and duplex targets (positive modification) permits further modifications to the oligomer in which they are contained. These further modifications may or may not diminish affinity, but also confer other useful properties such as stability to nuclease cleavage, ability to permeate cell membranes, and the like. Any decrease in binding affinity resulting from the further modifications (negative modification) is acceptable because of the enhanced affinity conferred by the 5-substituted bases (1) and (2). Thus, particularly preferred oligomers of the invention can contain substitute linkages and/or modified sugars, as well as the 5-substituted pyrimidine bases (1) and (2) of the invention.
The oligomers can also contain additional modifications in the nucleomonomers that contain these 5-modified pyrimidines or in other nucleomonomers that comprise the oligomer.
Also included are oligomers containing one or more substitute linkages such as sulfide or sulfone linkages (Benner, S. A., International Publication No. WO 89/12060), sulfamate linkages (International Publication No. WO 91/15500), carbamate linkages in morpholino-linked oligomers (Stirchak, E. P. et al Nucleic Acids Res (1989) 17:6129-6141) and related linkages in morpholino oligomers of the formula (7) shown in FIG. 1 wherein X2 is CO, CS or SO2; X3 is O, S, NH, NCH3, CH2, CF2 or CHF; each Y is independently an oligomer or R1 and each B is independently chosen and has the previously defined meaning, provided that at least one B is a base of formula (1) or (2).
Riboacetal and related linkages, amide linkages and 2′,5′ linkages are described in commonly owned pending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/806,710, filed Dec. 12, 1991, Ser. No. 07/899,736, filed Can 28, 1992, Ser. No. 07/894,397 and filed Ser. No. 07/892,902, filed each cited reference is incorporated herein by reference.
Exemplary dimers containing riboacetal and related linkages of formulae (8-15) are shown in FIGS. 2 and 3 wherein for each structure,
R1 and B are independently chosen and have the meanings defined above;
R3 has the meaning as defined above;
X3 is independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, NH, NCH3, CH2, CF2 and CFH;
X4 is independently selected from the group consisting of O, S, SO, SO2, CH2, CO, CF2, CS, NH and NR4 wherein R4 is lower alkyl (C1-4; methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or isobutyl); X5 is selected from the group consisting of O, CO, S, CH2, CS, NH and NR4;
X6 is selected from the group consisting of CH, N, CF, CCl, and CR5 wherein R5 is methyl or lower alkyl (C2-4) fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl or lower fluoroalkyl (C2-4, F1-5);
X7 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, CH2, CO, CF2 and CS,
provided that at least one B is of the formula (1) or (2) as defined above; and
further provided that no adjacent X4, X5 or X7 are O (i.e., —O—O—, a peroxide).
Compounds of the 5-member ring series are preferred embodiments for oligomers containing one or more riboacetal linkages (formula (8)), where X4 is O and X5, X7 are CH2 and X6 is CH.
Also included are oligomers containing nucleomonomer residues linked via amide bonds. Exemplary linkages have been described (Nielsen, P. E., et al, Science (1991) 254:1497-1500; commonly owned copending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/889,736, filed Can 28, 1992, and Ser. No. 07/894,397, filed Jun. 5, 1992, both incorporated herein by reference).
Oligomers
As used herein “oligomer” includes oligonucleotides, oligonucleosides, polydeoxyribonucleotides (containing 2′-deoxy-D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., DNA, polyribonucleotides (containing D-ribose or modified forms thereof), i.e., RNA, and any other type of polynucleotide which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base. Oligomer as used herein is also intended to include compounds where adjacent nucleomonomers are linked via amide linkages as previously described (Nielsen, P. E., et al, Science (1991) 254:1497-1500). The enhanced competence of binding by oligomers containing the bases of the present invention is believed to be primarily a function of the base alone. Because of this, elements ordinarily found in oligomers, such as the furanose ring and/or the phosphodiester linkage can be replaced with any suitable functionally equivalent element. “Oligomer” is thus intended to include any structure that serves as a scaffold or support for the bases wherein the scaffold permits binding to target nucleic acids in a sequence-dependent manner. Oligomers that are currently known can be defined into four groups that can be characterized as having (i) phosphodiester and phosphodiester analog (phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, etc) linkages, (ii) substitute linkages that contain a non-phosphorous isostere (formacetal, riboacetal, carbamate, etc), (iii) morpholino residues, carbocyclic residues or other furanose sugars, such as arabinose, or a hexose in place of ribose or deoxyribose and (iv) nucleomonomers linked via amide bonds or acyclic nucleomonomers linked via any suitable substitute linkage.
The oligomers of the invention can be formed using invention and conventional nucleomonomers and synthesized using standard solid phase (or solution phase) oligomer synthesis techniques, which are now commercially available. In general, the invention oligomers can be synthesized by a method comprising the steps of: synthesizing a nucleomonomer or oligomer synthon having a protecting group and a base and a coupling group capable of coupling to a nucleomonomer or oligomer; coupling the nucleomonomer or oligomer synthon to an acceptor nucleomonomer or an acceptor oligomer; removing the protecting group; and repeating the cycle as needed until the desired oligomer is synthesized.
The oligomers of the present invention can be of any length including those of greater than 40, 50 or 100 nucleomonomers. In general, preferred oligomers contain 2-30 nucleomonomers. Lengths of greater than or equal to about 8 to 20 nucleomonomers are useful for therapeutic or diagnostic applications. Short oligomers containing 2, 3, 4 or 5 nucleomonomers are specifically included in the present invention and are useful as synthons.
Oligomers having a randomized sequence and containing about 6 or 7 nucleomonomers are useful for primers that are used in cloning or amplification protocols that use random sequence primers, provided that the oligomer contains residues that can serve as a primer for polymerases or reverse transcriptases.
Oligomers can contain conventional phosphodiester linkages or can contain substitute linkages such as phosphoramidate linkages. These substitute linkages include, but are not limited to, embodiments wherein a moiety of the formula —O—P(O)(S)—O— (“phosphorothioate”), —O—P(S)(S)—O— (“phosphorodithioate”), —O—P(O)(NR′2)—X—, —O—P(O)(R′)—O—, —O—P(S) (R′)—O— (“thionoalkylphosphonate”), —P(O)(OR6)—X—, —O—C(O)—X—, or —O—C(O)(NR′2)—X—, wherein R′ is H (or a salt) or alkyl (1-12C) and R6 is alkyl (1-9C) and the linkage is joined to adjacent nucleomonomers through an —O— or —S— bonded to a carbon of the nucleomonomer. Phosphorothioate and phosphodiester linkages are shown in FIG. 12. Particularly, preferred substitute linkages for use in the oligomers of the present invention include phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate and thionomethylphosphonate linkages. Phosphorothioate and methylphosphonate linkages confer added stability to the oligomer in physiological environments. While not all such linkages in the same oligomer need be identical, particularly preferred oligomers of the invention contain uniformly phosphorothioate linkages or uniformly methylphosphonate linkages.
Pharmaceutically Acceptable Salts
Any pharmaceutically acceptable salt can be used and such salt forming materials are well known in the art.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferably metal or ammonium salts of said oligomers of the invention and include alkali or alkaline earth metal salts, e.g., the sodium, potassium, magnesium or calcium salt; or advantageously easily crystallizing ammonium salts derived from ammonia or organic amines, such as mono-, di- or tri-lower (alkyl, cycloalkyl or hydroxyalkyl)-amides, lower alkylenediamines or lower (hydroxyalkyl or arylalkyl)-alkylammonium bases, e.g. methylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, triethanolamine, ethylenediamine, tris-(hydroxymethyl)-aminomethane or benzyl-trimethylammonium hydroxide. The oligomers of the invention form acid addition salts, which are preferably such of therapeutically acceptable inorganic or organic acids, such as strong mineral acids, for example hydrohalic, e.g., hydrochloric or hydrobromic acid; sulfuric, phosphoric; aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulfonic acids, e.g., formic, acetic, propionic, succinic, glycollic, lactic, malic, tartaric, gluconic, citric, ascorbic, maleic, fumaric, hydroxymaleic, pyruvic, phenylacetic, benzoic, 4-aminobenzoic, anthranilic, 4-hydroxybenzoic, salicylic, 4-aminosalicylic, methanesulfonic, ethanesulfonic, hydroxyethanesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, sulfanilic or cyclohexylsulfamic acid and the like.
Blocking Groups
As used herein, “blocking group” refers to a substituent other than H that is conventionally coupled to oligomers or nucleomonomers, either as a protecting group, a coupling group for synthesis, PO3 −2, or other conventional conjugate such as a solid support, label, antibody, monoclonal antibody or fragment thereof and the like. As used herein, “blocking group” is not intended to be construed solely as a protecting group, according to slang terminology, but is meant also to include, for example, coupling groups such as a H-phosphonate or a phosphoramidite.
By “protecting group” is meant is any group capable of protecting the O-atom or N-atom to which it is attached from participating in a reaction or bonding. Such protecting groups for N-atoms on a base moiety in a nucleomonomer and their introduction are conventionally known in the art. Non-limiting examples of suitable protecting groups include diisobutylformamidine, benzoyl and the like. Suitable “protecting groups” for O-atoms are, for example, DMT, MMT, or FMOC.
Suitable coupling groups are, for example, H-phosphonate, a methylphosphonamidite, or a phosphoramidite. Phosphoramidites that can be used include β-cyanoethylphosphoramidites (preferred). Methylphosphonamidites, alkylphosphonamidites (including ethylphosphonamidites and propylphosphonamidites) can also be used. Exemplary phosphoramidites are shown in FIGS. 10-1 and 10-2.
Suitable protecting groups are DMT (dimethoxy trityl), MMT (monomethoxytrityl) or FMOC at the 5′ terminus and/or hydrogen phosphonate, methyl phosphoramidite, methyl phosphonamidite, β-cyanoethylphosphoramidite at the 3′-terminus.
Protecting Groups
Protecting groups such as diisobutylformamidine, benzoyl, isobutyryl, FMOC, dialkylformamidine, dialkylacetamidine or other groups known in the art can be used to protect the exocyclic nitrogen of the cytosine heterocycle. Alternatively, cytidine precursors can be directly incorporated into oligomers without a protecting group at the exocyclic nitrogen using described methods (Gryaznov, S. M. et al, J Amer Chem Soc (1991) 13:5876-5877; Gryaznov, S. M., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1992) 20:1879-1882; Kung, P.-P., et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1992) 40:5869-5872). Synthesis of oligomers having bases (1) or (2) containing an R2 as ethynyl heteroaryl substituents is preferably accomplished using 9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (FMOC) for protection of the 5′-hydroxyl position as described (Lehman, C., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1989) 17:2379-2390).
Preferred protecting groups are DMT (dimethoxy trityl), MMT (monomethoxytrityl) or FMOC at the 5′ terminus and/or hydrogen phosphonate, methyl phosphoramidite, methyl phosphonamidite, β-cyanoethylphosphoramidite at the 3′-terminus. However, it is intended that the position of the blocking groups can be reversed as needed (e.g., a phosphoramidite at the 5′-position and DMT at the 3′-position). In general, the nucleomonomers and oligomers of the invention can be derivatized to such “blocking groups” as indicated in the relevant formulas by methods known in the art.
Coupling Groups
Suitable coupling groups are, for example, H-phosphonate, a methylphosphonamidite, or a phosphoramidite. Phosphoramidites that can be used include β-cyanoethylphosphoramidites (preferred). Methylphosphonamidites, alkylphosphonamidites (including ethylphosphonamidites and propylphosphonamidites) can also be used. Exemplary phosphoramidites are shown in FIGS. 10-1 and 10-2. Suitable “coupling groups” at the 3′, 2′ or 5′ position for oligomer synthesis via phosphoramidite triester chemistry, referred to herein as “amidite” chemistry, include N,N-diisopropylamino-β-cyanoethoxyphosphine, N,N-diisopropylamino-methoxyphosphine, N,N-diethylamino-β-cyanoethoxyphosphine, (N-morpholino)-β-cyanoethoxyphosphine, and (N-morpholino)-methoxyphosphine (Moore, M. F. et al, J Org Chem (1985) 50:2019-2025; Uznanski, A. W., et al, Tet Lett (1987) 28:3401-3404; Bjergarde, K., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1991)21:5843-5850; Dahl, O. Sulfur Reports (1991) 11:167-192). Related coupling groups such as N,N-diisopropylamino-methyl-phosphine or N,N-diethylamino-methyl-phosphine can also be used to prepare methylphosphonates (FIG. 10-4). Methylphosphonate oligomers can be conveniently synthesized using coupling groups such as N,N-diisopropylamino-methylphosphonamidite, and N,N-diethylamino-methylphosponamidite. Synthesis of nucleomonomer amidites of the invention can be accomplished by conventional methods (for example, Gryaznov, S. M., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1992) 20:1879-1882; Vinayak, R., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1992) 20:1265-1269; Sinha, N. D., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1984) 12:4539-4557; and other references cited herein). Suitable coupling groups at the 3′, 2′ (or 5′) position for oligomer synthesis via phosphate triester chemistry, referred to herein as “triester” chemistry, include 2-chlorophenyl phosphate, 4-chlorophenyl phosphate, 2,4-dichlorophenyl phosphate and 2,4,-dibromophenyl phosphate nucleotide diester derivatives or, for synthesis of phosphorothioate linkages, the thiono derivatives thereof (Marugg, J. E., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1984) 11:9095-9110; Kemal, O., et al, J Chem Soc Chem Commun (1983) 591-593; Kamer, P. C. J., et al, Tet Lett (1989) 30:6757-6760). Structures of these coupling groups are shown in FIG. 10 where X is O or S and Z1 is H or a suitable benzotriazole.
Oligomers or the segments thereof are conventionally synthesized. The synthetic methods known in the art and described herein can be used to synthesize oligomers containing bases of the invention, as well as other bases known in the art, using appropriately protected nucleomonomers (see FIG. 12). Methods for the synthesis of oligomers are found, for example, in Froehler, B., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:5399-5467; Nucleic Acids Res (1988) 16:4831-4839; Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:287-291; Froehler, B., Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:5575-5578; Caruthers, M. H. in Oligodeoxynucleotides—Antisense Inhibitions of Gene Expression (1989), J. S. Cohen, editor, CRC Press, Boca Raton, p7-24; Reese, C. B. et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1985) 26:2245-2248. Synthesis of the methylphosphonate linked oligomers via methyl phosphonamidite chemistry has also been described (Agrawal, S. et al., Tetrahedron Letters (1987) 28:3539-3542; Klem, R. E., et al, International Publication Number WO 92/07864).
Conjugates
Also included are “conjugates” of oligomers. “Conjugates” of the oligomers include those conventionally recognized in the art. For instance, the oligomers can be covalently linked to various moieties such as, intercalators, and substances which interact specifically with the minor groove of the DNA double helix. Other chosen conjugate moieties, can be labels such as radioactive, fluorescent, enzyme, or moieties which facilitate cell association using cleavage linkers and the like. Suitable radiolabels include 32P, 35S, 3H and 14C; and suitable fluorescent labels include fluorescein, resorufin, rhodamine, BODIPY (Molecular Probes) and texas red; suitable enzymes include alkaline phosphatase and horseradish peroxidase. Other compounds which can be used as covalently linked moieties include biotin, antibodies or antibody fragments, transferrin and the HIV Tat protein can also conveniently be linked to the oligomers of the invention.
These additional moieties can be derivatized through any convenient linkage. For example, intercalators, such as acridine or psoralen can be linked to the oligomers of the invention through any available —OH or —SH, e.g., at the terminal 5′-position of the oligomer, the 2′-positions of RNA, or an OH, NH2, COOH or SH incorporated into the 5-position of pyrimidines. A derivatized form which contains, for example, —CH2CH2NH2, —CH2CH2CH2OH or —CH2CH2CH2SH in the 5-position is preferred. Conjugates including polylysine or lysine can be synthesized as described and can further enhance the binding affinity of an oligomer to its target nucleic acid sequence (Lemaitre, M. et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci (1987) 84:648-652; Lemaitre, M. et al., Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:311-315).
A wide variety of substituents can be attached, including those bound through linkages or substitute linkages. The —OH moieties in the oligomers can be replaced by phosphate groups, protected by standard protecting groups, or coupling groups to prepare additional linkages to other nucleomonomers, or can be bound to the conjugated substituent. The 5′-terminal OH can be phosphorylated; the 2′ —OH or OH substituents at the 3′-terminus can also be phosphorylated. The hydroxyls can also be derivatized to standard protecting groups.
Oligomers of the invention can be covalently derivatized to moieties that facilitate cell association using cleavable linkers. Linkers used for such conjugates can include disulfide linkages that are reduced after the oligomer-transport agent conjugate has entered a cell. Appropriate molecular linkers include for example, —Y1—X8CH2CHR7—SS—CHR7CH2X8—Y1— wherein each Y1 is independently alkylene (C1-6; including methylene, ethylene and propylene), or CO, each X8 is independently O, S(O)(O), S(O), NR7, CH2, C(R7)2 or CO; R7 wherein each R7 is independently H, alkyl (C1-6; including methyl, ethyl and propyl), or aryl and which linkers have been previously described (WO 91/14696). Disulfide-containing linkers of this type have a controllable t1/2 in vivo, facilitating its use as a prodrug/transport component. Such linkers are stable under extracellular conditions relative to intracellular conditions due to the redox potential of the disulfide linkage.
Suitable conjugates also include solid supports for oligomer synthesis and to facilitate detection of nucleic acid sequences. Solid supports included, but are not limited to, silica gel, controlled pore glass, polystyrene, and magnetic glass beads.
Sugar Modifications
Derivatives can be made by substitution on the sugars. Among the most preferred derivatives of the oligomers of the invention are the 2′-O-allyl derivatives. The presence of the 2′-O-allyl group appears to enhance permeation ability and stability to nuclease degradation, but does not appear to diminish the affinity of the oligomer for single chain or duplex targets.
Furthermore, as the α anomer binds to duplex DNA or single-stranded RNA in a manner similar to that for the β anomers but with a reversed polarity, oligomers can contain nucleomonomers having this epimer or a domain thereof (Praseuth, D., et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci (USA) (1988) 85:1349-1353; Sun, J. S. et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1991) 88:6023-6027; Debart, F., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1992) 20:1193-1200). α-Anomeric oligomers containing the 5-R2 substituted pyrimidines described herein represent a class of modified oligomers included in the present invention.
Substitute Linkages
The oligomers of the invention can also contain one or more “substitute linkages” as is generally understood in the art. These “substitute linkages” include phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate, phosphorodithioate, riboacetal, 2′,5′ linkages, alkylphosphonates, morpholino carbamate, morpholino sulfamate, morpholino sulfamide, boranophosphate (—O—P (OCH3)(BH3)—O—), siloxane (—O—Si(X4) (X4)—O—; X4 is alkyl or phenyl) and phosphoramidate (methoxyethylamine and the like), and are synthesized as described in the generally available literature and in references cited herein (Sood, A., et al, J Am Chem Soc (1990) 12:9000-9001; WO 91/08213; WO 90/15065; WO 91/15500; Stirchak, E. P. et al Nucleic Acid Res (1989) 17:6129-6141; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,034,506 and 5,142,047; Hewitt, J. M. et al, Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1992) 11:1661-1666). Substitute linkages that can be used in the oligomers disclosed herein also include the sulfonamide (—O—SO2—NH—), sulfide (—CH2—S—CH2—), sulfonate (—O—SO2—CH2—), carbamate (—O—C(O)—NH—, —NH—C(O)—O—), dimethylhydrazino (—CH2—NCH3—NCH3—), sulfamate (—O—S(O)(O)—N—; —N—S(O)(O)—N—), 3′-thioformacetal (—S—CH2—O—), formacetal (—O—CH2—O—), 3′-amine (—NH—CH2—CH2—), N-methylhydroxylamine (—CH2—NCH3—O—) and 2′5′ linkages (such as 2′,5′ carbamate (2′ —N(H)—C(O)—O— 5′), 5′,2′ carbamate (2′ —O—C(O)—N(H)— 5′), 5′,2′ methylcarbamate (2′ —O—C(O)—N(CH3)— 5′) and 5′,2′ thioformacetal (2′ —O—CH2—S— 5′). 2′,5′ linkages are disclosed in pending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/892,902, filed Jun. 1, 1992, incorporated herein by reference). Riboacetal linkages are disclosed and claimed in commonly owned pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 690,786, filed Apr. 24, 1991, Ser. No. 763,130, filed Sep. 20, 1991, and Ser. No. 806,710 filed Dec. 12, 1991, incorporated herein by reference. Except where specifically indicated, the substitute linkages, such as a formacetal linkage, —O—CH2—O—, are linked to either the 3′ or 2′ carbon of a nucleomonomer on the left side and to the 5′ carbon of a nucleomonomer on the right side. A formacetal linked (3′,5′) dimer is shown in FIG. 1, formula (6). Thus a formacetal linkage can be indicated as 3′ —O—CH2—O— 5′ or 2′ —O—CH2—O— 5′. The designations of a 3′, 2′ or 5′ carbon can be modified accordingly when a structure other than ribose, deoxyribose or arabinose is linked to an adjacent nucleomonomer. Such structures include a hexose, morpholino ring, carbocyclic ring (e.g. cyclopentane) and the like.
The use of carbamate, carbonate, sulfide, sulfoxide, sulfone, N-methylhydroxylamine and dimethylhydrazino linkages in synthons or oligomers has been described (Vaseur, J-J. et al, J Amer Chem Soc (1992) 114:4006-4007; WO 89/12060; Musicki, B. et al, J Org Chem (1990) 55:4231-4233; Reynolds, R. C., et al J Org Chem (1992) 57:2983-2985; Mertes, M. P., et al, J Med Chem (1969) 12:154-157; Mungall, W. S., et al, J Org Chem (1977) 42:703-706; Stirchak, E. P., et al, J Org Chem (1987) 52:4202-4206; Wang, H., et al, Tet Lett (1991) 50:7385-7388; International Application No. PCT US91/03680). Substitute linkage(s) can be utilized in the oligomers for a number of purposes such as to further facilitate binding with complementary target nucleic acid sequences and/or to increase the stability of the oligomers toward nucleases.
By “positive modification” is meant use of any modification of formula (1) or (2) of the invention which results in increased binding affinity.
By “negative modification” is meant an additional nucleomonomer modification of an oligomer comprising a base of formula (1) or (2) which results in a decrease in binding affinity or use of a substitute linkage which may result in a decrease in binding affinity.
For example, a negative substitute linkage modification is at least one selected from phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate, phosphoroamidate and triester for a phosphodiester linkage.
Nucleosides
The term “nucleoside” will include ribonucleosides, deoxyribonucleosides, or to any other nucleoside which is an N-glycoside or C-glycoside of a purine or pyrimidine base, or modified purine or pyrimidine base. The stereochemistry of the sugar carbons can be other than that of D-ribose in one or more residues. The pentose moiety can be replaced by a hexose and incorporated into oligomers as described (Augustyns, K., et al Nucl Acids Res (1992) 18:4711-4716). Also included are analogs where the ribose or deoxyribose moiety is replaced by an alternate structure such as a hexose or such as the 6-member morpholino ring described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506. Nucleosides as defined herein also includes a purine or pyrimidine base linked to an amino acid or amino acid analog having a free carboxyl group and a free amino group or protected forms thereof. Exemplary nucleosides have been described (Nielsen, P. E. ibid; commonly owned copending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/889,736, filed Can 28, 1992, and Ser. No. 07/894,397, filed Jun. 5, 1992, both applications incorporated herein by reference in their entirety).
“Nucleosides” also include those moieties which contain modifications of the sugar, for example, wherein one or more of the hydroxyl groups are replaced with halogen, aliphatic groups, or functionalized as ethers, amines, and the like. Such structures include a hexose, morpholino ring, carbocyclic ring (e.g. cyclopentane) and the like.
Base
“Base” as used herein includes those moieties which contain not only the known purine and pyrimidine bases and the invention bases, but also heterocyclic bases which have been modified and tautomers thereof. Such modifications include alkylated purines or pyrimidines, acylated purines or pyrimidines, or other heterocycles. Such “analogous purines” and “analogous pyrimidines” or purine or pyrimidine analogs are those generally known in the art, some of which are used as chemotherapeutic agents. An exemplary, but not exhaustive, list includes N4,N4-ethanocytosine, 7-deazaxanthosine, 7-deazaguanosine, 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine, 4-acetylcytosine, 5-(carboxyhydroxylmethyl)uracil, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thiouracil, 5-carboxymethylaminomethyl uracil, dihydrouracil, inosine, N6-isopentenyl-adenine, 1-methyladenine, 1-methylpseudouracil, 1-methylguanine, 1-methylinosine, 2,2-dimethylguanine, 2-methyladenine, 2-methylguanine, 3-methylcytosine, 5-methylcytosine, N6-methyladenine, 7-methylguanine, 5-methylaminomethyl uracil, 5-methoxy aminomethyl-2-thiouracil, 5-methoxyuracil, 2-methylthio-N6-isopentenyladenine, pseudouracil, 5-methyl-2-thiouracil, 2-thiouracil, 4-thiouracil, 5-methyluracil, 2-thiocytosine, and 2,6-diaminopurine. In addition to these base analogs, pyrimidine analogs including 6-azacytosine, 6-azathymidine and 5-trifluoromethyluracil described in Cook, D. P., et al, International Publication No. WO 92/02258 (incorporated herein by reference) can be conveniently incorporated into the invention oligomers.
Bases of formula (1) or (2) containing sulfur at the 2 and/or 4 position can be incorporated into oligomers and derivatized with alkynyl as R2 essentially as described above. In corporation of 4-thiouridine and 2-thiothymidine into oligomers has been described (Nikiforov, T. T., et al, Tet Lett (1992) 33:2379-2382; Clivio, P., et al Tet Lett (1992) 33:65-68; Nikiforov, T. T., et al, Tet Lett (1991) 32:2505-2508; Xu, Y.-Z., et al Tet Lett (1991) 32:2817-2820; Clivio, P., et al Tet Lett (1992) 33:69-72; Connolly, B. A., et al., Nucl. Acids Res. (1989) 17:4957-4974).
Preferred bases are of the formula (1) and (2) but also include adenine, guanine, thymine, uracil, cytosine, 5-methylcytosine, 8-oxo-N6-methyladenine, pseudoisocytosine, and 7-deazaxanthosine. Synthesis and use of oligomers that bind to duplex DNA sequences via GT binding motif containing 7-deazaxanthosine is described in commonly owned pending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/787,920, filed Nov. 7, 1991, incorporated herein by reference.
Synthesis
Oligomers or the segments thereof are conventionally synthesized. The synthetic methods known in the art and described herein can be used to synthesize oligomers containing bases of the invention, as well as other bases known in the art, using appropriately protected nucleomonomers (see FIG. 12). Methods for the synthesis of oligomers are found, for example, in Froehler, B., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:5399-5467; Nucleic Acids Res (1988) 16:4831-4839; Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1987) 6:287-291; Froehler, B., Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:5575-5578; Caruthers, M. H. in Oligodeoxynucleotides-Antisense Inhibitions of Gene Expression (1989), J. S. Cohen, editor, CRC Press, Boca Raton, p7-24; Reese, C. B. et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1985) 26:2245-2248. Synthesis of the methylphosphonate linked oligomers via methyl phosphonamidite chemistry has also been described (Agrawal, S. et al., Tetrahedron Letters (1987) 2:3539-3542; Klem, R. E., et al, International Publication Number WO 92/07864).
Oligomers of the invention containing bases of formula (1) or (2) and one or more substitute linkages can be synthesized by one or more of four general methods according to the reaction conditions required for synthesis of a given substitute linkage. In the first method (#1), nucleomonomers containing bases of formula (1) or (2) are directly incorporated into oligomers or a convenient fragment thereof using standard synthesis conditions and reagents. Exemplary schemes are shown in FIGS. 5 and 12 and exemplary linkages that can be made by method #1 include phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, phosphoroamidate, methylphosphonate, phosphorodithioate, carbonate, morpholino carbamate and sulfonate.
Method #2 involves synthesis of short synthons (dimers, trimers, etc) starting with an appropriate precursor such as a 5-bromo or 5-iodo precusor (as described below) which is subsequently converted to the C-5 substituent of formula (1) or (2) and a synthon suitable for incorporation into oligomers. This approach is exemplified in FIGS. 7, 8 and 11 and is suitable for synthesis of linkages including N-methylhydroxylamine, dimethylhydrazo, sulfamate, carbamate, sulfonate, sulfonamide, formacetal thioformacetal and carbonate.
Synthesis method #3 starts with uridine or cytidine (unprotected or N-protected) nucleomonomers which is subsequently iodinated. Introduction of the R2 group at the 5-position is accomplished within the synthetic route to the desired dimer or trimer synthon. Method #3 is exemplified in FIG. 9 and is suitable for synthesis of linkages including N-methylhydroxylamine, dimethylhydrazino, sulfamate, formacetal, thioformacetal, riboacetal, sulfonate, sulfonamide, carbamate, carbonate and boranophosphate linkages.
Method #4 starts with either (1) uracil or cytosine base containing R2, followed by conversion to a nucleomonomer suitable for incorporation into oligomers (e.g. amide linkages) as exemplified in FIG. 12 or (2) a suitable precusor such as 5-iodocytosine, 5-iodouracil, cytosine or uracil which is glycosylated or alkylated followed by conversion of the nucleomonomer to a derivative containing R2 and converted to the desired synthon (e.g. linkages such as sulfide, sulfoxide or sulfonate).
In general, reaction conditions that are needed to synthesize a particular dimer, trimer or larger synthon and may not be compatible with an R2 alkynyl 2′-deoxyuridine or 2′-deoxycytidine are (1) electrophilic addition reactions, or conditions that could promote electrophilic addition to C—C multiple bonds (e.g. HCl, HF, BF3, Cl2 or Br2); (2) conditions that could promote reduction of C—C multiple bonds (e.g., hydrogenation via H2/Pd/C or hydrides such as B2H6, BH3.complex or as a class, tin hydrides or aluminum hydrides); (3) conditions that promote free radical reactions (e.g., Cl2\hν, peroxides or AIBN); and (4) reaction conditions that promote oxidation of C—C multiple bonds (e.g. KMnO4, OsO4, alkyl carboxylic peracids). Synthetic schemes involving these reaction conditions may prevent the use of Method #1.
In general, reaction conditions that are required to synthesize certain oligomers that may not compatible with 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine or 5-iodo-2′-deoxycytidine, or the like, are (1) conditions that promote reduction of aryl iodides (e.g., H2 or hydrides), (2) alkylation and arylation reactions mediated by organometallic reagents or (3) reactions that promote free radical reactions (e.g., Cl2\hν, peroxides or AIBN). Synthetic schemes involving these reactions may prevent use of Method #2.
Method #3 starts with 2′-deoxyuridine or 2′-deoxycytidine and the nucleomonomer is subsequently converted to the 5-iodo (or 5-bromo or 5-triflate) derivative (Robins, M. J. et al, Can. J. Chem (1982) 60:554-557; Chang, P. K. et al, J Med Chem (1963) 6:428-430; Crisp, G. T., et al., Tet Lett (1990) 31:1347-1350; and Torrence, P. F., et al., J. Med. Chem (1979) 22:316-319) at the desired step, followed by conversion to a R2 substituent at desired step. In some schemes it is advantageous to convert 2′-deoxyuridine to 5-R2-2′-deoxycytidine as needed by previously desired methods (Divakar, K. J., et al, J Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans I (1982) p 1171-1176). Where one of these reactions or conditions are used for synthesis of a given oligomer or fragment thereof, a nucleomonomer such as 2′-deoxyuridine can be utilized followed by conversion to the R2 derivative and the cytidine derivatives thereof.
Additional exemplary linkages that can be synthesized by these general methods are summarized in Table A below.
TABLE A
Refer-
Linkage Structure* Method ence**
2′ —S—CH2— 5′ 1-4 1
3′ —S—CH2— 5′ 1-4 2
2′ —S(O)—CH2— 5′ 1-4 1
3′ —S(O)—CH2— 5′ 1-4 1
2′ —S(O)(O)—CH2— 5′ 1-4 1
3′ —S(O)(O)—CH2— 5′ 1-4 1
2′ —CH2—S— 5′ 3, 4 1
3′ —CH2—S— 5′ 3, 4 2
2′ —CH2— S(O)— 5′ 3, 4 1
3′ —CH2— S(O)— 5′ 3, 4 2
2′ —CH2— S(O)(O)— 5′ 3, 4 1
3′ —CH2— S(O)(O)— 5′ 3, 4 2
2′ —CH2—CH2— O— 5′ 3, 4 1
3′ —CH2— CH2— O— 5′ 3,4 2
2′ —N(C(O)(ORA))—CH2— CH2— 5′ 3, 4 1
3′ —N(C(O)(ORA))—CH2— CH2— 5′ 3, 4 2
2′ —S—CH2— CH2— 5′ 3, 4 1
3′ —S—CH2— CH2— 5′ 3, 4 2
2′ —NH—C(O)— O— 5′ 3, 4 1
2′ —O—CH2—S— 5′ 2-4 1
2′ —O—C(O)— N(RB)— 5′ 2-4 1
5′ morpholino N—CH2— 5′ 1-4 2
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00003
 		2-4 3
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00004
 		2-4 3
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00005
 		2-4 3
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00006
 		2-4 3
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00007
 		2-4 3
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00008
 		2-4 3
*RA = C1-6 alkyl, e.g. CH2CH3 or (CH2)5CH3; RB = H or C1-6 alkyl, e.g. CH3; X = O or S;
RC = C1-6 alkyl, CN or C1-6 haloalkyl, e.g. CF3; the linkages indicate covalent attachment of the indicated atom with either a 2′, 3′ or 5′ carbon of ribose or deoxyribose.
**1 - Synthesis is accomplished essentially as described in PCT/US91/06855 for equivalent 3′, 5′ linkages.
2 - International Application Number PCT/US91/06855.
3 - International Application Number PCT/US90/06110; linkages having a structure such as C((CH2)2(CH2)2O) are cyclic ketals.
In addition to the substitute linkages given in Table A, FIG. 17 shows a series of repeating nucleomonomer units (17-1) and exemplary amide linked oligomers (17-2, 17-3) containing selected repeating units that can contain the base analogs of the invention. In FIG. 17-1, X9 is S, O, SO, SO2, CH2, CHF, CF2 or NR10 and R10 is (independently) H, F, OH, OCH3, CH3, or CH-lower alkyl provided that adjacent X9 are not both O. In FIGS. 17-2 and 17-3, each Y is independently selected and has the meaning described above (e.g. Y is H, an oligomer, a blocking group such as FMOC, tBOC, OH, DMT, MMT or an coupling group suitable for oligomer synthesis). Nucleomonomers required to synthesize oligomers containing such linkages are synthesized by method #4.
Oligomers of the invention can be synthesized by any suitable chemistry including amidite, triester or hydrogen phosphonate coupling methods and conditions. The oligomers are preferably synthesized from appropriate starting synthons such as nucleomonomers of formula (3) or (4) wherein R1 at the 5′- position is DMT, MMT, FMOC (9-fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl), PACO (phenoxyacetyl), a silyl ether such as TBDMS (t-butyldiphenylsilyl) or TMS (trimethylsilyl) and R1 at the 3′- position is an ester, H-phosphonate, an amidite such as β-cyanoethylphosphoramidite, a silyl ether such as TBDMS or TMS or t-butyldiphenyl. Alternatively, appropriate uridine or cytidine precursors such as blocked 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine, 5-iodo-2′-O-alkyluridine, 5-bromo-2′-deoxyuridine, 5-trifluoromethanesulfonate-2′-deoxyuridine, 5-bromo-2′-O-alkyluridine or blocked and protected 5-iodo-2′-deoxycytidine, 5-bromo-2′-deoxycytidine, 5-trifluoromethanesulfonate-2′-deoxycytidine, 5-iodo-2′-O-alkylcytidine, 5-bromo-2′-O-alkylcytidine can be conveniently incorporated into short oligomers such as dimer, trimer, tetramer, pentamer or longer synthons that are subsequently derivatized to yield R2 at the 5- position and then incorporated into suitable synthons and longer oligomers.
Synthesis of oligomers containing about 4 or more nucleomonomer residues is preferably accomplished using synthons such as monomers, dimers or trimers that carry a coupling group suitable for use with amidite, H-phosphonate or triester chemistries. The synthon can be used to link the oligomer via a phosphodiester or phosphorous-containing substitute linkage (phosphorothioate, methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate, phosphoramidate and the like).
Synthesis of other nonphosphorous-containing substituted linkages can be accomplished using appropriate precursors as described herein (FIGS. 7-10) and are known in the art.
In addition to employing these very convenient and now most commonly used, solid phase synthesis techniques, oligomers can also be synthesized using solution phase methods such as triester synthesis. These methods are workable, but in general, less efficient for oligomers of any substantial length.
Intermediates or Starting Materials
In other aspects, the invention is directed to intermediates in the synthesis of the oligomers of the invention, including nucleomonomer analogs of formula (3) or (4):
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00009
wherein
each R1 is independently H or a blocking group;
R2 and X are as defined above;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of H, OH, F, NH2, OR or SR, wherein OR is O-allyl or SR is S-allyl or O or S alkyl (C1-3), wherein alkyl including methyl, ethyl and propyl); and
Pr is (H)2 or a protecting group;
provided that if X is O, R3 is H or OH, and both R1 are H, then R2 is 1,3-pentadiynyl, 2-, 3- and 4-pyridine-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, arylethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-pyrimidinyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl, 2- and 3-pyrrolyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-furanyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-thienyl-ethynyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-thiazoyl-ethynyl or 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl-ethynyl, 4-oxazolyl, 4-thiazoyl, 3-pyrroyl, 3-furanyl, 3-thienyl and
further provided that for formula 3, when X is O, and R1 and R3 are H, then R2 is not vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl or 1-octynyl.
Suitable protecting groups (Pr) include diisopropylformanidine, di-n-butylformanidine, diisobutylformamidine and benzoyl and suitable R1 groups including DMT, MMT, FMOC, a phosphoramidite such as β-cyanoethylphosphoramidite, hydrogen-phosphonate and methylphosphonamidite.
Preferred protected nucleomonomers are nucleomonomers of formula (3) and (4) where X is O, R1 at the 5′ position is DMT, MMT or FMOC; R1 at the 3′position is N,N-diisopropylamino-β-cyanoethoxyphosphine, N,N-diisopropylaminomethoxyphosphine or hydrogen phosphonate; R2 is 1-propynyl, 3-methyl-1-butynyl, 2-pyrrolyl, 2-thienyl, 2-imidazolyl or 2-thiazolyl; and Pr is (H)2 or diisobutylformamidine.
Preferred Embodiments
One group of preferred oligomers of the present invention can be represented by the formula (16):
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00010
wherein
each B, R1 and R3 are independently selected and have the meanings defined above;
n is an integer from 0 to 98 (values of 0 to 28 are preferred); and
each X1 is independently —P(S)(O)—, —P(O)(O)— or —P(CH3)(O)—, —P(CH3)(S)—,
provided that at least one B is of the formula (1) or (2) as defined above; and
further provided that when at least one of said nucleomonomers of said oligomer comprises deoxyuridine 5-substituted by vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl, or 1-octynyl, then the remainder of the nucleomonomers comprising said oligomer are not solely comprised of phosphodiester linked 2′-deoxyadenosine, 2′-deoxyguanosine, 2′-deoxycytidine, thymidine or a combination thereof. Methylphosphonate, thionomethylphosphonate or phosphorothioate substitute linkages enhance the nuclease stability of the oligomers while their negative impact on oligomer affinity for target nucleic acids is compensated by the inclusion of the 5-substituted pyrimidines of the invention.
The most preferred R2 group is 1-propynyl. Preferred R3 groups are H, OH, F and O-allyl.
Other preferred oligomers of the invention contain substitute linkages other than phosphodiester, phosphorothioate, thionomethylphosphonate or methylphosphonate. Particularly useful forms of these substitute linkages include riboacetal, formacetal and 3′-thioformacetal linkages, with 3′-thioformacetal being most preferred.
For synthesis of oligomers containing formacetal-type substitute linkages, in lieu of at least some phosphodiester linkages, dimeric synthons of the formula (6) shown in FIG. 1, wherein the substituents B, X, R1 and R3 are as defined above are particularly useful.
The foregoing synthon is obtained by first preparing the 5-iodo pyrimidine forms of B and then converting these to 5-propyne derivatives, for example, by treating the dimer synthon with propyne in the presence of palladium, CuI, triethylamine, and DMF. These synthons can be incorporated into an oligomer using standard synthesis techniques as shown in FIGS. 7, 8, 9 and 11. Synthesis of formacetal and 3′-thioformacetal substitute linkages is described in commonly owned pending U.S. application Ser. No. 07/874,334, filed Apr. 24, 1992, and Ser. No. 07/690,786, filed Apr. 24, 1991, which applications are incorporated herein by reference. Trimer synthons containing formacetal, 3′-thioformacetal, riboacetal or other substitute linkages are also preferred compounds. Trimers and tetramers are preferred for synthesis of oligomers having enhanced permeation across cell membranes.
The synthesis of oligomers containing methylphosphonate and phosphodiester linkages is effected using art-known solid-phase oligomer synthesis techniques. A description of modifications useful in the synthesis of phosphorothioate linked oligomers are found, for example, in EP publication 288,163; wherein the oxidation step in solid phase automated synthesis using amidite chemistry can be independently adjusted at any step to obtain the phosphorothioate. An alternate method for synthesis of oligomers with phosphorothioate linkages, via hydrogen phosphonate chemistry, has also been described (Froehler, B., et al., Nucleic Acid Res (1986) 14:5399-5467; Froehler, B., Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:5575-5578). Sulfurization can be accomplished using reagents such as tetraethylthiuram disulfide, dibenzoyl tetrasulfide, thiophosphoric acid disulfide and the like, 3H-1,2-benzodithiol-3-one 1,1-dioxide and the like as described (Vu, H. et al, Tet Lett (1991) 26:3005-3008; Rao, M. V., et al, Tet Lett (1992) 33:4839-4842; U.S. Pat. No. 5,151,510 issued Sep. 29, 1992; Iyer, R., et al, J Org Chem (1990) 55:4693-4699; Dahl, O. Sulfur Reports (1991) 11:167-192). These sulfurization reagents can be used with either phosphoramidite or hydrogen-phosphonate chemistries. Synthesis of phosphorothioate oligomers having controlled stereochemistry can be used to generate stereoregular invention oligomers as described (International Publication No. EP 0 506 242). The thionomethyl phosphonate is prepared with methylphosphonamidite followed by sulfurization as described (Roelen, H. P. C. F., et al. Tet Lett (1992) 33:2357-2360) or with the sulfurization reagents described above.
Covalent Bonding Moiety
Included in some of the oligomers of the invention is a moiety which is capable of effecting at least one covalent bond between the oligomer and the target sequence. Multiple covalent bonds can also be formed by providing a multiplicity of such moieties. The covalent bond is preferably to a base residue in the target strand, but can also be made with other portions of the target, including the sugar or phosphodiester. The reaction nature of the moiety which effects crosslinking determines the nature of the target in the duplex. Preferred crosslinking moieties include acylating and alkylating agents, and, in particular, those positioned relative to the sequence specificity-conferring portion so as to permit reaction with the target location in the strand.
The crosslinking moiety can conveniently be placed as an analogous pyrimidine or purine residue in the sequence of the oligomer. The placement can be at the 5′- and/or 3′-ends, the internal portions of the sequence, or combinations of the above. Placement at the termini to permit enhanced flexibility is preferred. Analogous moieties can also be attached to peptide backbones.
In one preferred embodiment of the invention, a switchback oligomer containing crosslinking moieties at either end can be used to bridge the strands of the duplex with at least two covalent bonds. In addition, oligomer sequences of inverted polarity can be arranged in tandem with a multiplicity of crosslinking moieties to strengthen the complex.
Exemplary of alkylating moieties that are useful in the invention include N4,N4-ethanocytosine and N6, N6-ethanoadenine.
It is clear that the base need not be a purine or pyrimidine; indeed the moiety to which the reactive function is attached need not be a base at all. Any means of attaching the reactive group is satisfactory so long as the positioning is correct.
Inverted Polarity
In their most general form, inverted polarity oligomers, that can incorporate one or more nucleomonomers described above, contain at least one segment along their length of the formula:
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00011
where —C— symbolizes any method of coupling the nucleomonomer sequences of opposite polarity (Froehler, B. C., et al Biochemistry (1992) 31:1603-1609; Horne, D. A., et al J Am Chem Soc (1990) 112:2435-2437; Beal, P. A., et al J Am Chem Soc (1992) 114;4976-4978).
In these formulas, the symbol 3′ - - - 5′ indicates a stretch of oligomer in which the linkages are consistently formed between the 5′-hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleomonomer to the left with the 3′- (or 2′- for oligomers having 2′, 5′ linkages) hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleomonomer to the right (i.e., a region of uniform polarity), thus leaving the 5′-hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleomonomer ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation. Analogously, 5′ - - - 3′ indicates a stretch of oligomer in the opposite orientation wherein the linkages are formed between the 3′-hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the left nucleomonomer and the 5′-hydroxyl of the ribosyl residue of the nucleomonomer on the right, thus leaving the 3′-hydroxyl of the rightmost nucleomonomer ribosyl residue free for additional conjugation.
The linkage, symbolized by —C—, can be formed so as to link the 5′-hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues in formula (1) or the 3′ hydroxyls of the adjacent ribosyl residues in formula (2), or the “—C—” linkage can conjugate other portions of the adjacent nucleomonomers so as to link the inverted polarity strands. “—C—” can represent a linker moiety, or simply a covalent bond.
It should be noted that if the linkage between strands of inverted polarity involves a sugar residue, either the 3′- or 2′-position can be involved in the linkage, and either of these positions can be in either R or S configuration. The choice of configuration will in part determine the geometry of the oligomer in the vicinity of the linkage. Thus, for example, if adjacent 3′-positions are used to effect a covalent linkage, less severe deformation of the oligomer chain will generally occur if both 3′-hydroxyls involved in the linkage are in the conventional R configuration. If they are both in the S configuration, this will result in a favorable “kink” in the chain.
In addition to the use of standard oligonucleotide synthesis techniques or other couplings to effect the 5′-5′ or 3′-3′ linkage between ribosyl moieties, alternative approaches to joining the two strands of inverted polarity can be employed. For example, the two appended bases of the opposing termini of the inverted polarity oligomer sequences can be linked directly or through a linker, or the base of one can be linked to the sugar moiety of the other. Any suitable method of effecting the linkage can be employed. The characterizing aspect of the switchback oligomers of the invention is that they comprise tandem regions of inverted polarity, so that a region of 3′→5′ polarity is followed by one of 5′→3′ polarity, or vice versa, or both.
Depending on the manner of coupling the segments with inverted polarity, this coupling can be effected by insertion of a dimer wherein the appropriate 3′-positions of each member of the dimer or the 5′-positions of each member of the dimer are activated for inclusion of the dimer in the growing chain, or the conventional synthesis can be continued using the condensing nucleomonomer which is blocked in the inverse manner to that which would be employed if the polarity of the chain were to remain the same. This additional nucleomonomer can also contain a linker moiety which can be included before or after condensation to extend the chain.
The synthesis of oligomers having modified residues and/or inverted polarity can be accomplished utilizing standard solid phase synthesis methods.
In general, there are two commonly used solid phase-based approaches to the synthesis of oligomers containing conventional 3′→5′ or 5′→3′ linkages, one involving intermediate phosphoramidites and the other involving intermediate phosphonate linkages. In the phosphoramidite based synthesis, a suitably protected nucleomonomer having a cyanoethylphosphoramidite at the position to be coupled is reacted with the free hydroxyl of a growing nucleomonomer chain derivatized to a solid support. The reaction yields a cyanoethylphosphite, which linkage must be oxidized to the cyanoethylphosphate at each intermediate step, since the reduced form is unstable to acid. The H-phosphonate-based synthesis is conducted by the reaction of a suitably protected nucleomonomer containing an H-phosphonate moiety at a position to be coupled with a solid phase-derivatized nucleomonomer chain having a free hydroxyl group, in the presence of a suitable activator to obtain an H-phosphonate diester linkage, which is stable to acid. Thus, the oxidation to the phosphate or thiophosphate can be conducted at any point during the synthesis of the oligomer or after synthesis of the oligomer is complete. The H-phosphonates can also be converted to phosphoramidate derivatives by reaction with a primary or secondary amine in the presence of carbon tetrachloride. To indicate the two approaches generically, the incoming nucleomonomer is regarded as having a “coupling phosphite/phosphate” group.
Variations in the type of substitute linkage are achieved by, for example, using the methyl phosphonate precursors rather than the H-phosphonates per se, using thiol derivatives of the nucleomonomer moieties and generally by methods known in the art. Nonphosphorous based linkages can also be used, such as the formacetal 3′-thioformacetal, 3′-amino and 5′-ether type linkages described above.
Thus, to obtain an oligomer segment which has a 3′→5′ polarity, a nucleomonomer protected at the 5′-position and containing a coupling phosphite/phosphate group at the 3′-position is reacted with the hydroxyl at the 5′-position of a nucleomonomer coupled to a solid support through its 3′-hydroxyl. The resulting condensed oligomer is deprotected and the reaction repeated with an additional 5′-protected, 3′-phosphite/phosphate coupling nucleomonomer. Conversely, to obtain an oligomeric segment of 5′→3′ polarity, a nucleomonomer protected in the 3′-position and containing a coupling phosphite/phosphate in the 5′-position is reacted with a oligomer or nucleomonomer attached to a solid support through the 5′-position, leaving the 3′-hydroxyl available to react. Similarly, after condensation of the incoming nucleomonomer, the 3′- group is deprotected and reacted with an additional 3′-protected, 5′-coupling nucleomonomer. The sequence is continued until the desired number of nucleomonomers have been added.
This oligomer chain elongation will proceed in conformance with a predetermined sequence in a series of condensations, each one of which results in the addition of another nucleomonomer. Prior to the addition of a nucleomonomer having a coupling phosphite/phosphate, the protecting group on the solid support-bound nucleomonomer is removed. Typically, for example, removal of the commonly-employed dimethoxytrityl (DMT) group is done by treatment with 2.5% v/v dichloroacetic acid/dichloromethane, although 1% w/v trichloroacetic acid/dichloromethane or ZnBr2-saturated nitromethane, are also useful. Other deprotection procedures suitable for other protecting groups will be apparent to those of ordinary skill in the art. The deprotected nucleomonomer or oligomer bound to solid support is then reacted with the suitably protected nucleomonomer containing a coupling phosphite/phosphate. After each cycle the carrier bound nucleomonomer is preferably washed with anhydrous pyridine/acetonitrile (1:1, v/v), again deprotected, and the condensation reaction is completed in as many cycles as are required to form the desired number of congruent polarity internucleoside bonds which will be converted to phosphoramidates, phosphorodithioates, phosphorothioates or phosphodiesters as desired.
In one embodiment, to provide the switchback linker, the incoming coupling, protected nucleomonomer is provided in the opposite polarity to the support-bound oligomers. Thus, for example, where the support-bound oligomer is 3′→5′, the deprotected 5′-hydroxyl is reacted with a 3′-protected, 5′-coupling monomer, and the synthesis continued with monomers coupled at the 5′-position and protected at the 3′-position.
In another embodiment, to provide the switchback linker, a dimer synthon containing the linker element having one end which is coupled for condensation (such as a hydrogen phosphonate) to the support-bound oligomer and another end which is a protected hydroxyl group (or protected thio group) is condensed onto the support-bound oligomer. The linked dimer is condensed and deprotected using the same conditions as those used to condense and deprotect the protected nucleomonomer hydrogen phosphonate. Subsequent extension of the oligomer chain then uses nucleomonomer residues which are coupled and protected in the opposite manner from those used to synthesize the previous portion of the chain.
One approach to this synthesis, using a linker already derivatized to two nucleomonomer residues which will be included in each portion of the strand is illustrated in FIG. 5. The 5′→3′ nucleomonomer portion of the strand is coupled using the 3′-DMT-5′-coupling phosphate nucleomonomers, as conventionally, to solid support. The switchback linker is derivatized to two nucleomonomer residues through their 3′-positions; the remaining 5′-positions are derivatized by the protecting group DMT in one nucleomonomer residue and a phosphonate residue in the other. The derivatized linker is coupled to the solid supported strand under standard reagent conditions and then deprotected conventionally. Further standard nucleomonomer coupling results in extension of the chain in the 3′→5′ orientation.
A particularly preferred dimer synthon used to mediate the switchback in an oligomer is the O-xyloso linker (compound 9 and Formula (21) in FIG. 5. The O-xyloso linker consists of two xylose-nucleomonomers (18) linked to each other by o-xylene at the 3′-position of each xylose sugar. The switchback linker synthon was synthesized using α,α′-orthodibromoxylene and 5′-DMT nucleomonomer (18) to give the dimer (19) as shown in FIG. 5. The dimer was converted to the H-phosphonate (21) and was used in solid phase synthesis to generate oligomers. Linkers containing the bases (at position “B” in FIG. 5) thymine, 5-methylcytosine, 8-hydroxy-N6-methyladenine, pseudoisocytosine, 5-propynyluracil or cytosine are synthesized as homodimers. However, the switchback linker dimers can also be synthesized as mixed heterodimers that are separated chromatographically.
A particularly useful synthon in the preparation of oligomers containing inverted polarity is of formula (5) shown in FIG. 1, wherein each Y and each B is independently chosen and have the meanings previously defined, and wherein one or both of the bases, B, can optionally be the modified base residues of formula (1) or (2) of the invention.
2′ Modified Oligomers
Included in some of the oligomers containing C-5 modified pyrimidines of the invention are modifications of the ribose or deoxyribose sugar. 2′-O-methyl-, 2′-O-ethyl- and 2′-O-allyl oligomers have been synthesized and shown to bind to single-stranded complementary nucleic acid sequences (Cotten, M., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1990) 19:2629-2635; Blencowe, B. J., et al., Cell (1989) 59:531-539; Sproat, B. S., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1989) 17:3373-3386; Inoue, H., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1987) 15:6131-6148; Morisawa, H., et al., European Patent Ser. No. 0339842; Chavis, C., et al., J Organic Chem (1982) 47:202-206; Sproat, B. S., et al, Nucleic Acids Res (1991) 19:733-738). The 2′-modified oligomers were reported to be relatively nuclease stable compared to unmodified controls. Synthesis of 2′ fluoro nucleomonomers and their incorporation into oligomers has also been described (Codington, J. F., et al, J Org Chem (1964) 29:558-564; Fazakerley, G. V., et al, FEBS Lett (1985) 182:365-369). Synthesis of oligomer analogs containing the modified bases described herein would be based on methods described. Synthesis of oligomers containing 2′-amino nucleomonomers has been described (Pieken, W. A., et al, Science (1991) 253:314-317).
In an additional use of bases (1) and (2) in oligomers of the invention, 2′-O-allyl modified sugar forms of the nucleomonomers containing the 5-substituted bases (1) and (2) of the invention are included in the oligomer. Other 2′-O-allyl-substituted nucleomonomers can also be used at other positions in the oligomer. The 2′-O-allyl nucleomonomers can be prepared using standard methods; set forth below is a method for synthesis of the 2′-O-allyl derivatized nucleomonomers containing the invention pyrimidines through a common intermediate. Thus, for example, 5-(1-propynyl)uridine is first protected at the 5′- and 3′-positions using a tetraisopropyldisiloxane reagent, and then at the 4-oxy position using ortho-nitrophenol. The protected nucleoside is then converted to the 2′-O-allyl derivative with allyl ethyl carbonate; this useful intermediate is alternatively converted to the 2′-O-allyl-derivatized 5-(1-propynyl)uridine or the corresponding 5-(1-propynyl)cytidine. The sequence of reactions for this conversion are outlined in FIG. 4.
The nucleomonomers derivatized at the 2′-position can be incorporated into oligomers in the same manner as underivatized forms.
Synthesis of 2′-thioalkyl nucleomonomers is accomplished as described in FIG. 6. The protocol is useful for synthesis of 2′-thioalkyl pyrimidines via formation of an anhydro intermediate 7 that is subsequently converted to thioalkyl nucleomonomer (22). The group designated W is defined as lower alkane (methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or isobutyl) or lower alkene including allyl. The protocol was used to synthesize 5′-DMT blocked 5-methyluridine 3′-H-phosphonate. The starting material 6 was obtained from 5-methyluridine (Markiewicz, W. T., J. Chem. Res (M) (1979) 0181-0197. Alternate blocking groups at the 5′- and 3′-positions, such as tetrahydropyran can also be utilized to obtain an equivalent starting material. The method shown in FIG. 6 can thus be used to synthesize 2′-thioalkyl derivatives of the nucleomonomers containing the modified bases of the present invention in addition to synthesis of other modified pyrimidine nucleomonomers such as 2′-thioalkylcytidine, 2′-thioalkylthymidine, 2′-thioalkyl-N4-N4-ethanocytidine or 2′-thioalkyluridine. Conversion of the nucleomonomer (22) to other 5′- and 3′-derivatized compounds such as MMT, β-cyanoethylphosphoramidite, or methylphosphoramidite-blocked nucleomonomers can easily be accomplished using appropriate reagents.
Dimer and Trimer Synthons for Oligomers Containing Substitute Linkages
Oligomers containing substitute linkages that link adjacent nucleomonomer analog residues are preferably synthesized using suitably blocked dimer synthons as a starting material. For dimers wherein one or both base residues are 5-R2-U or 5-R2-C or related analogs, synthesis of a formacetal or 3′-thioformacetal-linked dimer is accomplished as described herein. An exemplary diner containing a formacetal linkage of formula (6) shown in FIG. 1, Y, X, B and R3 are as defined herein.
FIGS. 7 and 8 show synthesis schemes for intermediates in oligomer synthesis. In both Figures, the structure U-I represents 5-iodouracil and U—≡—CH3 represents 5-(1-propynyl)uracil. Synthesis of a 3′-thioformacetal dimer or a trimer can conveniently be accomplished. As shown in FIG. 7, a 5-iodouridine nucleomonomer, (25), protected at the 3′-position by esterification is first reacted with paraformaldehyde in the presence of HCl to obtain the derivatized nucleomonomer, (26), containing the substituent ClCHO2-at the 5′-position. The nucleomonomer can be esterified using, for example, a long-chain alkyl or aromatic acid, such a decyl, hexyl, benzoyl, or phenoxyacetyl. In this first step, the 3′-esterified nucleomonomer is treated with an excess of paraformaldehyde in an inert solvent at low temperature and anhydrous HCl is bubbled through the reaction mixture. The solution is conveniently dried and the solvent removed to obtain the intermediate.
The intermediate, (26), shown as the chloromethylether (ClCH2O—) at the 5′-position of the nucleoside, is then dissolved in an inert solvent. A solution of a second nucleomonomer (5-(1-propynyl)uridine derivative), 10, protected at the 5′-position, for example by DMT, and bearing an —SH substituent at the 3′-position along with a base, preferably diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), in an inert solvent, is also prepared. The chloromethyl ether intermediate is added dropwise to this solution and the reaction mixture is stirred for several hours.
The reaction is washed with water, and the organic layer is separated and dried to obtain the dimerized product having the 3′-SCH2O-5′ linkage and protected at the 5′- and 3′-positions, as above. The resulting dimer is deprotected at the 3′-position and then converted to the propyne derivative as shown and described in Example 1. Where the dimer is to be used in standard oligomer synthesis, it is converted to the hydrogen phosphonate using 2-chloro-4H-1,2,3-benzodioxaphosphorin-4-one (van Boom's reagent for phosphytylation (PA)). FIG. 8 shows the synthesis of a 3′-thioformacetal trimer.
Synthesis of riboacetal linked dimers is shown in FIG. 9. 5′-DMT, 3′-H-phosphonate dimers can be directly utilized for incorporation into oligomers by conventional methods or an appropriate precursor can be utilized as needed for conversion to trimer, tetramer or longer length oligomers.
Synthesis of Ethynyl Heteroaryl and Heteroaryl Derivatized Bases
FIGS. 14, 15 and 16 show synthetic schemes for synthesis of nucleomonomers having invention bases with ethynyl heteroaryl or heteroaryl groups at the 5 position. The nucleomonomers can be converted to blocked monomers suitable for incorporation into oligomers by conventional methods.
Synthesis of 5-phenyl-2′-deoxyuridine was accomplished as previously described using phenyltrimethylstannane (Crisp, G., et al., Tetrahedron Letters (1990) 31:1347-1350). An analogous protocol using pyridinyltrimethylstannane or pyridinyltributylstannane or the like as a starting material which is obtained from bromopyridine is used to synthesize 5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine (Example 15). Synthesis of heteroarylstannanes is conveniently accomplished as described (Bailey, T. R. Tet Lett (1986) 27:4407-4410; Jutzi, P. et al, J. Organometal Chem. (1983) 246:163-168; Molloy, K. C. et al, J. Organometal Chem. (1989) 365:61-73).
Synthesis of 5-substituted pyrimidine nucleomonomers with heteroaryl groups such as 2-thiazoyl, 1-methyl-2-imidazolyl, 2-oxazoyl, 2-furanyl and the like can be accomplished using a published protocol (Wigerinck, P. et al., J Med Chem (1991) 34:2383-2389; Peters, D., et al, Nucleosides and Nucleotides (1992) 11:1151-1173) followed by conversion to the corresponding nucleomonomer by standard methods (see Example 16). The 5-cyano substituent is prepared as described (Inoue, T., et al, Chem Pharm Bull (1978) 9:2657-2663) and also can be used as a starting electrophile to build heteroaryl substituted nucleomonomers as described (Wigerinck, P., et al, J Med Chem (1991) 34:1767-1772).
Ethynyl heteroaryl derivatives are prepared from ethynyltrimethylsilane and an appropriate heteroaryl as described (Austin, W. B., et al, J Org Chem (1981) 46:2280-2286) (see Example 14). The deprotected ethynyl is then introduced into the nucleomonomer by standard procedures (Examples 1 and 14).
Utility and Administration
As the oligomers of the invention are capable of significant single-stranded or double-stranded target nucleic acid binding activity to form duplexes, triplexes or other forms of stable association, these oligomers are useful in diagnosis and therapy of diseases that are associated with expression of one or more genes such as those associated with many different pathological conditions. Therapeutic applications can employ the oligomers to specifically inhibit the expression of genes (or inhibit translation of RNA sequences encoded by those genes) that are associated with either the establishment or the maintenance of a pathological condition. Exemplary genes or RNAs encoded by those genes that can be targeted include those that encode enzymes, hormones, serum proteins, adhesion molecules, receptor molecules, cytokines, oncogenes, growth factors, and interleukins. Target genes or RNAs can be associated with any pathological condition such as those associated with inflammatory conditions, cardiovascular disorders, immune reactions, cancer, viral infections, bacterial infections and the like.
Oligomers of the present invention are suitable for both in vivo and ex vivo therapeutic applications. Indications for ex vivo uses include treatment of cells such as bone marrow or peripheral blood in conditions such as leukemia or viral infection. Target genes or RNAs encoded by those genes that can serve as targets for cancer treatments include oncogenes, such as ras, k-ras, bcl-2, c-myb, bcr, c-myc, c-abl or overexpressed sequences such as mdm2, oncostatin M, IL-6 (Kaposi's sarcoma), HER-2 and translocations such as bcr/abl. Viral gene sequences or RNAs encoded by those genes such as polymerase or reverse transcriptase genes of CMV, HSV-1, HSV-2, HTLV-1, HIV-1, HIV-2, HBV, HPV, VZV, influenza virus, rhinovirus and the like are also suitable targets. Application of specifically binding oligomers can be used in conjunction with other therapeutic treatments. Other therapeutic indications for oligomers of the invention include (1) modulation of inflammatory responses by modulating expression of genes such as IL-1 receptor, IL-1, ICAM-1 or E-Selectin that play a role in mediating inflammation and (2) modulation of cellular proliferation in conditions such as arterial occlusion (restenosis) after angioplasty by modulating the expression of (a) growth or mitogenic factors such as non-muscle myosin, myc, fos, PCNA, PDGF or FGF or their receptors, or (b) cell proliferation factors such as c-myb. Other suitable extracellular proliferation factors such as TGFα, IL-6, γINF, protein kinase C may be targeted for treatment of psoriasis or other conditions. In addition, EGF receptor, TGFα or MHC alleles may be targeted in autoimmune diseases.
Delivery of oligomers of the invention into cells can be enhanced by any suitable method including calcium phosphate, DMSO, glycerol or dextran transfection, electroporation or by the use of cationic anionic and/or neutral lipid compositions or liposomes by methods described (International Publication Nos. WO 90/14074, WO 91/16024, WO 91/17424, U.S. Pat. No. 4,897,355). The oligomers can be introduced into cells by complexation with cationic lipids such as DOTMA (which can or can not form liposomes) which complex is then contacted with the cells. Suitable cationic lipids include but are not limited to N-(2,3-di(9-(Z)-octadecenyloxyl))-prop-1-yl-N,N,N-trimethylammonium (DOTMA) and its salts, 1-O-oleyl-2—O-oleyl-3-dimethylaminopropyl-β-hydroxyethylammonium and its salts and 1,2-bis(oleyloxy)-3-(trimethylammonio)propane and its salts.
Enhanced delivery of the invention oligomers can also be mediated by the use of (i) viruses such as Sendai virus (Bartzatt, R., Biotechnol Appl Biochem (1989) 11:133-135) or adenovirus (Wagner, E., et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1992) 89:6099-6013; (ii) polyamine or polycation conjugates using compounds such as polylysine, protamine or N1, N12-bis(ethyl)spermine (Wagner, E., et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1991) 88:4255-4259; Zenke, M., et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1990) 87:3655-3659; Chank, B. K., et al, Biochem Biophys Res Commun (1988) 157:264-270; U.S. Pat. No. 5,138,045); (iii) lipopolyamine complexes using compounds such as lipospermine (Behr, J.-P., et al, Proc Natl Acad Sci (1989) 86:6982-6986; Loeffler, J. P., et al J Neurochem (1990) 54:1812-1815); (iv) anionic, neutral or pH sensitive lipids using compounds including anionic phospholipids such as phosphatidyl glycerol, cardiolipin, phosphatidic acid or phosphatidylethanolamine (Lee, K.-D., et al, Biochim Biophys ACTA (1992) 1103:185-197; Cheddar, G., et al, Arch Biochem Biophys (1992) 294:188-192; Yoshimura, T., et al, Biochem Int (1990) 20:697-706); (v) conjugates with compounds such as transferrin or biotin or (vi) conjugates with compounds such as serum proteins (including albumin or antibodies), glycoproteins or polymers (including polyethylene glycol) that enhance pharmacokinetic properties of oligomers in a subject. As used herein, transfection refers to any method that is suitable for delivery of oligomers into cells. Any reagent such as a lipid or any agent such as a virus that can be used in transfection protocols is collectively referred to herein as a “permeation enhancing agent”. Delivery of the oligomers into cells can be via cotransfection with other nucleic acids such as (i) expressable DNA fragments encoding a protein(s) or a protein fragment or (ii) translatable RNAs that encode a protein(s) or a protein fragment.
The oligomers can thus be incorporated into any suitable formulation that enhances delivery of the oligomers into cells. Suitable pharmaceutical formulations also include those commonly used in applications where compounds are delivered into cells or tissues by topical administration. Compounds such as polyethylene glycol, propylene glycol, azone, nonoxonyl-9, oleic acid, DMSO, polyamines or lipopolyamines can be used in topical preparations that contain the oligomers.
The invention oligomers can be conveniently used as reagents for research or production purposes where inhibition of gene expression is desired. There are currently very few reagents available that efficiently and specifically inhibit the expression of a target gene by any mechanism. oligomers that have been previously reported to inhibit target gene expression frequently have nonspecific effects and/or do not reduce target gene expression to very low levels (less than about 40% of uninhibited levels). The invention oligomers are, by comparison, extremely potent with IC50 values as low as 0.05 μM in microinjection assays (Example 6, Table 4 below). These levels of potency permit application of the oligomers to cells with efficient inhibition of target gene expression while avoiding significant nonspecific effects on the cell. In view of this, it is clear that the invention oligomers represent a unique class of reagents that can be used to probe gene function and to probe the role of single stranded or double stranded nucleic acids.
Thus, the results as described herein provide a method of inhibiting expression of a selected protein or proteins in a subject or in cells wherein the proteins are encoded by DNA sequences and the proteins are translated from RNA sequences, comprising the steps of: introducing an oligomer of the invention into the cells; and permitting the oligomer to form a triplex with the DNA or RNA or a duplex with the DNA or RNA whereby expression of the protein or proteins is inhibited. The methods and oligomers of the present invention are suitable for modulating gene expression in both procaryotic and eucaryotic cells such as bacterial, parasite, yeast and mammalian cells.
The results described below (Example 6 and 7) demonstrate that the oligomers, when used to inhibit gene expression by an antisense mechanism, can be RNase H “competent” or RNase H “incompetent” species. Oligomers having modifications such as 2′-substitutions (2′-O-allyl and the like) or certain uncharged linkages (methylphosphonate, phosphoramidate and the like) are usually incompetent as a substrate that is recognized by and/or acted on by RNase H. RNase H competence can facilitate antisense oligomer function by degrading the target RNA in an RNA-oligomer duplex (Dagle, J. M., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1990) 18:4751-4757; Walder, J. A. et al, International Publication Number WO 89/05358). The enzyme cleaves RNA in RNA-DNA duplexes.
In order to retain RNase H competence, an oligomer requires a RNase H competent domain of three or more competent contiguous linkages located within it (Quartin, R. S., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1989) 17:7253-7262). Design of oligomers resistant to nuclease digestion will have terminal linkage, sugar and/or base modifications to effect nuclease resistance. Thus, the oligomers can be designed to have modified nucleomonomer residues at either or both the 5′- and/or 3′-ends, while having an internal RNase H competent domain.
Exemplary oligomers that retain RNase H competence would generally have uniform polarity and would comprise about 2 to about 12 nucleomonomers at the 5′-end and at the 3′-end which stabilize the oligomer to nuclease degradation and about three to about 26 nucleomonomers that function as a RNase H competent domain between the RNase H incompetent 3′- and 5′-ends. Variations on such an oligomer would include (1) a shorter RNase H competent domain comprising 1 or 2 RNase H competent linkages, (2) a longer RNase H incompetent domain comprising up to 15, 20 or more substitute linkages or nucleomonomers, (3) a longer RNase H competent domain comprising up to 30, 40 or more linkages, (4) oligomers with only a single RNase H incompetent domain at the 3′ end or at the 5′ end, or (5) oligomers having more than one RNase H competent domain. RNase H competence also applies as a consideration to oligomers having one or more regions of inverted polarity, to circular oligomers and to other types of oligomers.
Oligomers containing as few as about 8 nucleomonomers can be used to effect inhibition of target protein(s) expression by formation of duplex or triplex structures with target nucleic acid sequences. However, linear oligomers used to inhibit target protein expression via duplex or triplex formation will preferably have from about 12 to about 20 nucleomonomer residues.
Oligomers containing bases of the invention can be conveniently circularized as described (International Publication No. WO 92/19732; Kool, E. T. J Am Chem Soc (1991) 113:6265-6266; Prakash, G., et al. J Am Chem Soc (1992) 114:3523-3527). Such oligomers are suitable for binding to single-stranded or double-stranded nucleic acid targets. Circular oligomers can be of various sizes. Such oligomers in a size range of about 22-50 nucleomonomers can be conveniently prepared. The circular oligomers can have from about three to about six nucleomonomer residues in the loop region that separate binding domains of the oligomer as described (Prakash, G. ibid). Oligomers can be enzymatically circularized through a terminal phosphate by ligase or by chemical means via linkage through the 5′- and 3′-terminal sugars and/or bases.
The oligomers can be utilized to modulate target gene expression by inhibiting the interaction of nucleic acid binding proteins responsible for modulating transcription (Maher, L. J., et al, Science (1989) 245:725-730) or translation (Example 7 below). The oligomers are thus suitable as sequence-specific agents that compete with nucleic acid binding proteins (including ribosomes, RNA polymerases, DNA polymerases, translational initiation factors, transcription factors that either increase or decrease transcription, protein-hormone transcription factors and the like). Appropriately designed oligomers can thus be used to increase target protein synthesis through mechanisms such as binding to or near a regulatory site that transcription factors use to repress expression or by inhibiting the expression of a selected repressor protein itself.
The invention oligomers can be designed to contain secondary or tertiary structures, such as pseudoknots or pseudo-half-knots (Ecker, D. J., et al, Science (1992) 257:958-961). Such structures can have a more stable secondary or tertiary structure than corresponding unmodified oligomers. The enhanced stability of such structures would rely on the increased binding affinity between regions of self complementarity in a single oligomer or regions of complementarity between two or more oligomers that form a given structure. Such structures can be used to mimic structures such as the HIV TAR structure in order to interfere with binding by the HIV Tat protein (a protein that binds to TAR). A similar approach can be utilized with other transcription or translation factors that recognize higher nucleic acid structures such as stems, loops, hairpins, knots and the like. Alternatively, the invention oligomers can be used to (1) disrupt or (2) bind to such structures as a method to (1) interfere with or (2) enhance the binding of proteins to nucleic acid structures.
In addition to their use in antisense or triple helix therapies, the oligomers of the invention can also be applied as therapeutic or diagnostic agents that function by direct displacement of one strand in a duplex nucleic acid. Displacement of a strand in a natural duplex such as chromosomal DNA or duplex viral DNA, RNA or hybrid DNA/RNA is possible for oligomers with a high binding affinity for their complementary target sequences. Therapeutic applications of oligomers by this method of use, referred to herein as D-looping or “D-loop therapy” has not previously been possible because the affinity of natural DNA or RNA for its complementary sequence is not great enough to efficiently displace a DNA or RNA strand in a duplex. Therapeutic efficacy of oligomers that function by D-looping would result from high affinity binding to a complementary sequence that results in modulation of the normal biological function associated with the nucleic acid target. Types of target nucleic acids include but are not limited to (i) gene sequences including exons, introns, exon/intron junctions, promoter/enhancer regions and 5′ or 3′ untranslated regions, (ii) regions of nucleic acids that utilize secondary structure in order to function (e.g. the HIV TAR stem-loop element or tRNAs), (iii) nucleic acids that serve structural functions such as telomeres or centromeres and (iv) any other duplex region. It is clear that oligomers can be synthesized with discrete functional domains wherein one region of an oligomer binds to a target by D-looping while an adjacent region binds a target molecule by say, forming a triple helix or binding as an aptamer to a protein. Alternatively, a D-looping oligomer can bind to each strand in a duplex by switching the strand to which the oligomer binds (i.e. by having one region of the oligomer that binds to one strand and another region that binds to the complementary strand). The controlling elements that dictate the mode of binding (i.e. triple helix or D-loop) are the sequence of the oligomer and the inherent affinity built into the oligomer. Base recognition rules in Watson-Crick duplex binding differ from those in Hoogsteen controlled triplex binding. Because of this, the oligomer base sequence can be used to dictate the type of binding rules an oligomer will utilize.
D-loop structures are formed in nature by enzyme-mediated processes (Harris, L. D. et al., J Biol Chem (1987) 262: 9285-9292) or are associated with regions where DNA replication occurs (Jacobs, H. T. et al., Nucl Acids Res (1989) 17:8949-8966). D-loops that arise from the binding of oligomers can result from a one or two step process. Direct displacement of a target strand will give rise to a D-loop by a single binding event. However, D-looping can also occur by forming a triple helix which facilitates a strand displacement event leading to the D-loop.
Ribozymes containing bases of the invention can be designed in order to design species with altered characteristics. Ribozymes that cleave single stranded RNA or DNA (Robertson, D. L., et al Nature (1990) 344:467-468) have been described. Therapeutic applications for ribozymes have been postulated (Sarver, N. et al, Science (1990) 247:1222-1225; International Publication Number WO 91/04319). Secondary or tertiary structure necessary for ribozyme function can be affected by design of appropriate oligomer sequences. For example, ribozymes having targeting domains containing bases of the invention will have higher affinity, while maintaining base pairing specificity, for target sequences. Because of the higher affinity of the invention bases for their complementary sequences, shorter recognition domains in a ribozyme (an advantage in manufacturing) can be designed which lead to more favorable substrate turnover (an advantage in ribozyme function).
In therapeutic applications, the oligomers are utilized in a manner appropriate for treatment of a variety of conditions by inhibiting expression of appropriate target genes. For such therapy, the oligomers can be formulated for a variety of modes of administration, including systemic, topical or localized administration. Techniques and formulations generally can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, Mack Publishing Co., Easton, Pa., latest edition. The oligomer active ingredient is generally combined with a carrier such as a diluent or excipient which can include fillers, extenders, binders, wetting agents, disintegrants, surface-active agents, or lubricants, depending on the nature of the mode of administration and dosage forms. Typical dosage forms include tablets, powders, liquid preparations including suspensions, emulsions and solutions, granules, capsules and suppositories, as well as liquid preparations for injections, including liposome preparations.
For systemic administration, injection is preferred, including intramuscular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, and subcutaneous. For injection, the oligomers of the invention are formulated in liquid solutions, preferably in physiologically compatible buffers such as Hank's solution or Ringer's solution. In addition, the oligomers can be formulated in solid form and redissolved or suspended immediately prior to use. Lyophilized forms are also included. Dosages that can be used for systemic administration preferably range from about 0.01 mg/Kg to 50 mg/Kg administered once or twice per day. However, different dosing schedules can be utilized depending on (i) the potency of an individual oligomer at inhibiting the activity of its target DNA or RNA, (ii) the severity or extent of a pathological disease state associated with a given target gene, or (iii) the pharmacokinetic behavior of a given oligomer.
Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means, or the compounds can be administered orally. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, bile salts and fusidic acid derivatives for transmucosal administration. In addition, detergents can be used to facilitate permeation. Transmucosal administration can be through use of nasal sprays, for example, or suppositories. For oral administration, the oligomers are formulated into conventional oral administration forms such as capsules, tablets, and tonics.
For topical administration, the oligomers of the invention are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams, as is generally known in the art. Formulation of the invention oligomers for ocular indications such as viral infections would be based on standard compositions known in the art.
In addition to use in therapy, the oligomers of the invention can be used as diagnostic reagents to detect the presence or absence of the target nucleic acid sequences to which they specifically bind. The enhanced binding affinity of the invention oligomers is an advantage for their use as primers and probes. Diagnostic tests cab be conducted by hybridization through either double or triple helix formation which is then detected by conventional means. For example, the oligomers can be labeled using radioactive, fluorescent, or chromogenic labels and the presence of label bound to solid support detected. Alternatively, the presence of a double or triple helix can be detected by antibodies which specifically recognize these forms. Means for conducting assays using such oligomers as probes are generally known.
The use of oligomers containing the modified bases as diagnostic agents by triple helix formation is advantageous since triple helices form under mild conditions and the assays can thus be carried out without subjecting test specimens to harsh conditions. Diagnostic assays based on detection of RNA for identification of bacteria, fungi or protozoa sequences often require isolation of RNA from samples or organisms grown in the laboratory, which is laborious and time consuming, as RNA is extremely sensitive to ubiquitous nucleases.
The oligomer probes can also incorporate additional modifications such as modified sugars and/or substitute linkages that render the oligomer especially nuclease stable, and would thus be useful for assays conducted in the presence of cell or tissue extracts which normally contain nuclease activity. Oligomers containing terminal modifications often retain their capacity to bind to complementary sequences without loss of specificity (Uhlmann et al., Chemical Reviews (1990) 90:543-584). As set forth above, the invention probes can also contain linkers that permit specific binding to alternate DNA strands by incorporating a linker that permits such binding (Froehler, B. C., et al, Biochemistry (1992) 31:1603-1609); Horne et al., J Am Chem Soc (1990) 112:2435-2437).
Incorporation of base analogs of the present invention into probes that also contain covalent crosslinking agents has the potential to increase sensitivity and reduce background in diagnostic or detection assays. In addition, the use of crosslinking agents will permit novel assay modifications such as (1) the use of the crosslink to increase probe discrimination, (2) incorporation of a denaturing wash step to reduce background and (3) carrying out hybridization and crosslinking at or near the melting temperature of the hybrid to reduce secondary structure in the target and to increase probe specificity. Modifications of hybridization conditions have been previously described (Gamper et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1986) 14:9943).
Oligomers of the invention are suitable for use in diagnostic assays that employ methods wherein either the oligomer or nucleic acid to be detected are covalently attached to a solid support as described (U.S. Pat. No. 4,775,619). The oligomers are also suitable for use in diagnostic assays that rely on polymerase chain reaction techniques to amplify target sequences according to described methods (European Patent Publication No. 0 393 744). Oligomers of the invention containing 5-modified pyrimidines are compatible with polymerases used in polymerase chain reaction methods such as the Taq or Vent™ polymerase. oligomers of the invention can thus be utilized as primers in PCR protocols or triphosphate pyrimidine monomers having R2 at the 5-position can be utilized as a substrate by DNA or RNA polymerases derived from thermophiles (Taq or Vent™) or other sources (E. coli, human, retrovirus, etc) to generate the oligomers of the invention in various diagnostic protocols. Synthesis of monomer triphosphates is accomplished by known methods (Otvos, L., et al, Nucl Acids Res (1987) 15:1763-1777).
The oligomers are useful as primers that are discrete sequences or as primers with a random sequence. Random sequence primers are generally about 6 or 7 nucleomonomers in length. Such primers can be used in various nucleic acid amplification protocols (PCR, ligase chain reaction, etc) or in cloning protocols. The 5-substitutions of the invention generally do not interfere with the capacity of the oligomer to function as a primer. oligomers of the invention having 2′-modifications at sites other than the 3′ terminal residue, other modifications that render the oligomer RNase H incompetent or otherwise nuclease stable can be advantageously used as probes or primers for RNA or DNA sequences in cellular extracts or other solutions that contain nucleases. Thus, the oligomers can be used in protocols for amplifying nucleic acid in a sample by mixing the oligomer with a sample containing target nucleic acid, followed by hybridization of the oligomer with the target nucleic acid and amplifying the target nucleic acid by PCR, LCR or other suitable methods.
The oligomers derivatized to chelating agents such as EDTA, DTPA or analogs of 1,2-diaminocyclohexane acetic acid can be utilized in various in vitro diagnostic assays as described (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,772,548, 4,707,440 and 4,707,352). Alternatively, oligomers of the invention can be derivatized with crosslinking agents such as 5-(3-iodoacetamidoprop-1-yl)-2′-deoxyuridine or 5-(3-(4-bromobutyramido)prop-1-yl)-2′-deoxyuridine and used in various assay methods or kits as described (International Publication No. WO 90/14353).
In addition to the foregoing uses, the ability of the oligomers to inhibit gene expression can be verified in in vitro systems by measuring the levels of expression in subject cells or in recombinant systems, by any suitable method (Graessmann, M., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1991) 19:53-59).
All references cited herein are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
The following examples are intended to illustrate, but not to limit, the invention. Efforts have been made to insure accuracy with respect to numbers used (e.g., amounts, temperatures, etc.), but some experimental errors and deviations should be taken into account. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in degrees Centigrade, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
EXAMPLE 1 Synthesis of 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine H-Phosphonate Monomer and Oligomers Containing the Analog
In a 50 mL round bottom flask is placed:
a) 708 mg (2 mmole) 5-iodo dU
b) 10 mL anhydrous DMF
c) 76 mg (0. 4 mmole) CuI
d) 555 μL (4 mmole) Et3N
e) 231 mg (0.2 mmole) (Ph3P)4Pd
f) saturate with propyne gas with stirring at room temperature (approx. 10 min. ).
After 2 hours, more propyne gas is bubbled in and the reaction mixture is stirred overnight at room temperature. The following morning more propyne is bubbled in and stirred for an additional 2 hrs. To the reaction mixture is added Dowex ion-exchange resin (HCO3-form), 10 mL of MeOH and 10 mL of CH2Cl2 and stirring continued for 1 hr. The resin is filtered off, washed with MeOH and the supernatant evaporated. Silica Gel chromatography yielded 517 mg (1. 94 mmole, 97% yield) of product. See: Hobbs, J Org Chem (1989) 54:3420-3422.
The purified material was protected with a 5′ DMT and phosphitylated as described (Marugg, J. E., et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:2661-2664) and used in solid phase synthesis as described (Froehler, B. C., et al, U.S. Pat. No. 4,959,463; Froehler, B. C., et al, Tetrahedron Letters (1986) 27:5575-5578).
The following notation is used to represent the bases in the designated numbered oligomers in the Examples below: A, T, G, C, and U have their conventional meanings. C′=5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine, C*=5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine; U*=5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.
EXAMPLE 2 Formation of Triple Helix Structures Using Oligomers (ON) Containing 5-Propynyl Uracil Residues that Bind to Duplex DNA
Three oligomers were synthesized as follows:
ON-1 5′TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:1)
ON-2 5′TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′U*U*U*U*U* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:2)
ON-3 5′TC′TC′TC′U*C′U*C′U*TU*TU′3′ (SEQ ID NO:3)
Each oligomer (ON) was hybridized with duplex DNA containing the target sequence 5′AGAGAGAGAGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:4). Hybridization was carried out in 140 mM KCl, 5 mM MgCl2, 5 mM Na2HPO4, pH 6.6. Thermal stability, Tm, of the resulting triple helix formed between each oligomer and the target sequence was determined. The following Tm values were obtained, ON-1 (control oligomer) was 42.1° C., ON-2 was 48.1° C. and ON-3 was 55° C. The increased Tm values of ON-2 and ON-3 were not expected and demonstrated that the triple helix formed was more stable than the corresponding control triple helix structure.
EXAMPLE 3
Binding of Oligomers Containing 5-Propynyl Uracil or 5-Propynyl Cytosine to Single-Stranded RNA
Oligomers were synthesized as follows:
ON-1 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:1)
ON-3 5′ TC′TC′TC′U*C′U*C′U*TU*TU* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:3)
ON-4 5′ TC*TC*TC*TC*TC*TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:5)
The oligomers were hybridized with a single-stranded target RNA sequence, 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:6), in 140 mM KCl, 5 mM MgCl2, 5 mM Na2HPO4, pH 6.6. The following Tm values for the duplexes were obtained; ON-1 (control) was 65.5° C., ON-3 was 74.0° C. and ON-4 was 73.0° C. Duplexes formed with ON-3 and ON-4 were more stable than the control oligomer. Surprisingly, ON-3 and ON-4 gave increased Tm values which demonstrated that the duplex formed was more stable than the corresponding control duplex structure.
EXAMPLE 4 Formation of Triple Helix Structures at Elevated pH
Triple helix formation at elevated pH was demonstrated using ON-1 as a control and ON-5, 5′U*C′U*C′U*C′U*C′U*C′U*U*U*U*U* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:7). Oligomers were hybridized with duplex target DNA, as described in Example 2 except that the buffer was at pH 7.4. Tm values of the triple helix were then determined. ON-1 had a Tm of 27.1 while ON-5 had a Tm of 51.5. Thus, oligomers containing 5-propynyl uracil were capable of triplex formation at high pH levels, while the control oligomer formed triplex structure only at temperatures that are below physiological.
In an additional set of determinations, modified forms of ON-5 wherein the 5-substituent of the deoxyuridine was, instead of propynyl, 3-methylbutynyl (ON-5A) or 3,3-dimethyl butynyl (ON-5B), similar affects on the melting temperature of duplex and triple helices were observed. The results are shown in Table 1 below:
TABLE 1
Duplexa Triple-helixa
RNA DNA @ pH = 6.60
Tm (° C.) Tm (° C.) Tm (° C.) ΔTm (° C.)
ON-1 63.0 54.5 39.6 —
ON-5 79.0 65.5 64.8 +25.2
ON-5A 73.5 65.5 55.9 +16.3
ON-5B 68.5 66.0 42.5  +2.9
a Tm in 140 mM KCl/5 mM Na2PO4/1 mM MgCl2, pH 6.60.
EXAMPLE 5 Synthesis of 5-(3-Methyl-1-Butynyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine H-Phosphonate, Oligomers Containing the Analog and Formation of Triple Helix Structures Using the Oilgomers
5-(3-Methyl-1-butynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine H-phosphonate was synthesized from 5-iododeoxyuridine essentially as described for 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine H-phosphonate in Example 1, except that 5 equivalents of 3-methyl-1-butyne liquid was used in place of propyne. Silica gel purified material was then converted to the 5′-DMT, 3′-H-phosphonate monomer and used in solid phase synthesis to generate oligomers as follows (ON-1 was used as a control containing thymine and 5-methylcytosine as described in Example 2):
ON-1 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:1)
ON-6 5′ TC′TC′TC′U′C′U′CU′TU′TU′3′ (SEQ ID NO:8)
ON-7 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′U′U′U′U′U′ 3 (SEQ ID NO:9)
Base residues designated U′correspond to 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil. The oligomers were hybridized with duplex DNA containing the target sequence, 5′AGAGAGAGAGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:4). Hybridization was carried out in the buffer described in Example 2 at pH 6.2. ON-1 had a Tm of 51.0° C. while the Tm of ON-6 was 55.2° C. and that of ON-7 was 55.0° C.
EXAMPLE 6 Stability of Duplex and Triplex Structures and Inhibition of Target Gene Expression
Thermal stability. Additional oligomers were tested with respect to thermal denaturation or stability (Tm) after hybridization with DNA or RNA targets to form triplex or duplex structures respectively. The DNA target used was an oligomer containing a self-complementary region and having a 4 nucleotide loop at the end of the hairpin. The targets were as follows:
DNA Duplex Target: 5′ AGAGAGAGAGAAAAAGGA T T (SEQ ID NO:10)
3′ TCTCTCTCTCTTTTTCCT T T (SEQ ID NO:11)
RNA Target: 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:12)
The assays for triple-helix binding were conducted in 140 mM KCL/5 mM Na2HPO4/5 mM MgCL2 at pH=6.60 and the final concentration of all oligomers was ˜2 μM.
ON-1, set forth above, was used as a control.
Test oligomers 8-10 contain substitutions of 5-propynyluracil for thymine and 5-propynylcytosine for methylcytosine.
ON-8 5′-TC′TC′TC′U*C′U*C′U*TU*TU* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:3)
ON-9 5′-TC*TC*TC*TC*TC*TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:1)
ON-10 5′-U*C*U*C*U*C*U*C*U*C*U*U*U*U*U* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:13)
The results obtained showed that, with respect to triple-helix formation, the control ON-1 gave a Tm of 43.4° C.; ON-8 gave an elevated Tm of 55.5° C.; and ON-9 gave a Tm of 26.3° C. ON-8 containing U*, showed an increase in Tm of 2.4° C./substitution (ΔTm@6.6=+12.1° C.) relative to ON-1 and ON-9, containing C*, showed a decrease in Tm of 3.4° C./substitution (ΔTm@6.6=−17.1° C.) relative to ON-1. The Tm of a triple-helix, in which the third strand contains 2′-deoxycytidines, is pH dependent, and the Tm at different pH values (from 5.8 to 7.4) was used to examine the pH dependence of the complex. With all ON's the slope of the plot remained relatively constant (−18 to −20° C./pH unit).
The low Tm of ON-9, relative to ON's 1 and 8, can be explained in terms of basicity of the heterocycle. Titration of the hydrocholoride salt of C* and C′ showed that the pKa of the 5-propyne analog C* (3.30, ±0.05) is 1.05 units less than the 5-methyl derivative C′ (4.35, ±0.05). The importance of protonation in triple-helix formation has been demonstrated and the results above indicate that a decrease in basicity of the cytosine nucleobase has a dramatic effect on the stability of the complex. Surprisingly, the large difference in pKa's of the cytosines (C* and C′) has no significant effect on the slope of the Tm vs pH plot.
With respect to oligomer/RNA duplex formation, the control, ON-1 had a Tm of 65.5° C., ON-8 had a Tm of 74.0° C., ON-9 had a Tm of 73.0° C. and ON-10 had a Tm of more than 90° C.; ON-8 containing U*, results in an increase in Tm of 1.7° C./substitution and ON-9, containing C*, results in an increase in Tm of 1.5° C./substitution. Under these conditions ON-10, containing complete substitution with U* and C*, has a Tm greater than 90° C. (approx. 1.7° C./substitution) indicating that the increases in binding affinity of these substitutions are additive. These results show that the double-helix complex is greatly stabilized by substitution with both C* and U* and, therefore, these analogs represent a new class of useful antisense ON's.
Binding assays were conducted using a combination of C* and U* in oligomers containing phosphorothioate internucleotide linkages as an additional modification. Phosphorothioate linkages render oligomers nuclease stable, but reduce binding affinity for complementary target sequences relative to unmodified phosphodiester linkages. Other phosphodiester linkage analogs known in the art such as alkylphosphonate, methylphosphonate, phosphoroamidate and triester linkages suffer from similar limitations. Unexpectedly, oligomers containing a heterocycle modification that enhances binding affinity (defined herein as a positive modification), such as U* or C*, and a modification that reduces affinity (defined herein as a negative modification), were found to have improved binding (i.e. a greater binding affinity than predicted by the additive effects—positive and negative—of both modifications), relative to oligomers containing only the negative modification. Surprisingly, the propyne modification counteracts the negative binding effect of the phosphorothioate linkages to an unexpected degree. That is, for oligomers containing T and C′ the ΔTm between phosphodiester and phosphorothioate is 14° C. (0.7° C. per substitution) while the ΔTm with U* and C* is 6.0° C. (0.3° C. per substitution). These results clearly demonstrate a synergistic effect between the negative modification (substitute linkage such as phosphorothioate) and the positive modification (base analog such as a 5-substituted pyrimidine) wherein the positive modification compensated to a degree that is more than additive with respect to binding affinity. Binding results (ΔTm relative to phosphodiester linkages) that were obtained are shown in Table 2 below:
TABLE 2
ON Linkage
ON Diester Thioate ΔTm
ATTTTC′TTC′ATTTTTTC′TTC′ (SEQ ID NO:14) 54.0 40.0 −14.0
AU*U*U*U*C′AU*U*U*U*U*U*C′U*U*C′ (SEQ ID NO:15) 76.5 68.5 −8.0
AU*U*U*U*C*U*U*C*AU*U*U*U*U*U*C*U*U*C* (SEQ ID NO:16) 82.5 76.5 −6.0
Additional data obtained in vitro with respect to duplex formation with target RNA corresponding to T antigen (TAg) show that the binding of the oligomer to the target is sequence-specific for the 5-substituted oligomers of the invention. The additional oligomers, 21 and 22, were prepared; ON-22 is a scrambled form of ON-21 which is designed to target the T antigen coding region as described above.
ON-21: AU*U*U*U*C′U*U*C′AU*U*U*U*U*U*C′U*U*C′ (SEQ ID NO:15)
ON-22: U*U*AU*U*AU*C′U*U*C′U*U*C′U*U*U*U*C′U* (SEQ ID NO:25)
The oligomers were tested in phosphodiester (ON-21, ON-22) and phosphorothioate (ON-21A, ON-22A) form; and ON-21B and ON-22B the 2′-O-allyl T and C′ oligomers. The results are shown in Table 3:
TABLE 3
Tm ΔTm
ON-21 76.5
ON-22 53.0 23.5
ON-21A 68.0
ON-22A 42.0 26.0
ON-21B 70.0
ON-22B 45.0 25.0
The differences in Tm between the scrambled and unscrambled form are roughly the same regardless of the pyrimidine or linkage substitution used.
Inhibition of target gene expression. Additional oligomers designed to target T antigen (TAg) in a modification of the in vivo antisense assay described by Graessmann, M. et al. Nucleic Acids Res (1991) 19:53-59 were also modified to contain U* and/or C* as well as modified internucleoside linkages. The assay uses an expression vector for SV40 T antigen. Oligomers (ON-11 through ON-17) designed to target a sequence in the coding region were employed. The oligomers used in this assay were as follows:
ON 11: 5′ ATTTTC′TTC′ATTTTTTC′TTC′3′ (SEQ ID NO:14)
ON 12: phosphorothioate form of ON-11
ON 13: 5′ AU*U*U*U*C*U*U*C*AU*U*U*U*U*U*C*U*U*C* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:17)
ON 14: phosphorothioate form of ON-13
ON 15: phosphorothioate 5′ C*U*U*C*AU*U*U*U*U*U*C*U*U*C* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:18)
ON 16: phosphorothioate 5′ C*U*U*C*AU*U*U*U*U*U*C*U* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:19)
ON 17: phosphorothioate 5′ C*U*U*C*AU*U*U*U*U*U* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:20)
ON 18: phosphorothioate 5′ C*U*U*C*AU*U*AU*U*U*C*U*U*C* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:21)
ON 19: phosphorothioate 5′ C*U*U*U*C*U*U*C*U*U*AC*U*U*C* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:22)
ON 18 and 19 were mismatch controls and have the same base composition found in ON 15 with sequence mismatches as shown in bold. The Tm of the oligomers with the complementary RNA were determined as described above. The nuclease stability of the oligomer in the cells and the ability of the oligomer to inhibit T antigen synthesis was also determined. The ability of ON 11 to ON 17 to confer RNase H sensitivity on the bound RNA was also determined and each oligomer was found to confer RNase H sensitivity. Details of the antisense assay protocol are described in Example 7. The results are shown in Table 4.
TABLE 4
TAg
Oligomer RNA Tm* S.N.** IC50***
ON-11 54.0° C. − —
ON-12 40.0° + n.s.
ON-13 82.5° − 2.5
ON-14 76.5° + 0.05
ON-15 71.0° + 0.10
ON-16 63.5° + 0.25
ON-17 53.5° + 1.0
ON-18 59.5° + 0.50
ON-19 43.0° + —
*Tm, thermal stability of duplex determined under the same conditions as previously described at pH 6.6 in 1 mM MgCl2.
**S.N., stability to nuclease digestion in live cells at 37° C.; (−) nuclease sensitive, (+) nuclease resistant.
***IC50, oligomer concentration (μM) showing 50% inhibition of TAg expression; (−), no inhibition of TAg expression detected; (n.s.), nonspecific inhibition at 25 μM.
As seen, substituting the phosphorothioate linkage for phosphodiester decreases the affinity of the oligomer for target RNA but enhances the nuclease stability of the oligomers in the cell. Replacement of the thymine and cytosine bases by the 5-substituted bases of the invention enhanced affinity of the oligomers. At an increased concentration of oligomer (diester, ON-13), the enhanced affinity of the oligomer led to detectable T antigen synthesis inhibition. The phosphorothioate analog containing the modified bases is sufficiently stable and has sufficient affinity for the target RNA to effect inhibition of the synthesis of T antigen. The increasing IC50 value coupled with the decreasing Tm of ON 18 and ON 19 relative to ON-15 indicated that these oligomers were binding to target sequences less effectively as the number of mismatches increased. These results demonstrate sequence-specific inhibition of target gene expression by invention antisense oligomers.
In addition to inhibition of TAg synthesis, a phosphorothioate oligomer, ON 20, 5′ U*U*GC′C′GU*U*U*U*C′AU*C′AU*AU*U*U*AAU* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:23), that is complementary to the β-galactosidase RNA, was able to inhibit β-galactosidase in a sequence specific manner with an IC50 of 0.25 μM. ON 20A, ON 20 with T and C′, did not inhibit β-galactosidase expression in a sequence specific manner.
EXAMPLE 7 Assay Method and Inhibition of Target Gene Expression
Assay Method. Antisense oligomers were evaluated for biological efficacy in vivo using a microinjection procedure. The protocol differs from previously described procedures by utilizing an additional coinjected gene which serves as an internal control for transfected gene expression (Graessman, M., et al., Nucleic Acids Res (1991) 19:53-59). Microinjections were performed using 5-10 copies per cell of pSV40 plasmid expressing the TAg gene along with varying amounts of antisense oligomers targeted to different regions to the TAg RNA. Coinjection markers such as 40 copies of plasmid per cell containing the β-galactosidase gene under the control of the RSV promoter or the chloramphenicol acetyl transferase gene under the control of the SV40 promoter were used. Marker genes are those which generate proteins that can readily be measured so that specificity of gene expression inhibition can be shown. The antisense oligomer does not affect the ability of the cells to continue to produce protein products of the marker gene. Suitable marker genes generate chloramphenicol acetyltransferase (CAT), β-galactosidase, luciferase or cell surface antigens, enzymes or markers for which assay methods are known. In control experiments without antisense oligomer, 100% of microinjected cells expressed the β-galactosidase protein at 4.5 h after injection while approximately 60% of microinjected cells expressed the TAg protein, as detected by dual label immunofluorescent labeling techniques. Target sequences in the TAg RNA included a coding sequence approximately 150 bases from the translation initiation AUG codon, sequences in the 5′-untranslated region and sequences at the AUG codon. Antisense oligomers from 9 to 20 bases in length were examined using concentrations of oligomers of between 5 nM and 25 μM and the compounds were assayed at times ranging from 4.5 to 72 hours post injection. CV1 or Rat2 cells were microinjected using conditions essentially as described (Graessman, M., et al., ibid.).
Target Sequence Binding and Target Gene Inhibition. An oligomer (5′ ATTTTC′TTC′ATTTTTTC′TTC′ 3′) (SEQ ID NO:14) was systematically varied, using the phosphodiester antisense oligomer, ON-11, as a control. The phosphorothioate analog, ON-12, of the same oligomer was also prepared, but had no altered bases. The corresponding oligomer having the 5-substituted bases of the invention universally substituted was prepared both in the phosphodiester, ON-13, and phosphorothioate form, ON-14; finally, the 2′-O-allyl-substituted form was tested as well.
As shown in Table 4, substituting the phosphorothioate linkage for phosphodiester decreases the affinity for target RNA but enhanced the nuclease stability. Analysis of the time course of inhibition of T antigen expression showed that ON-13 (phosphodiester linked oligomer containing U* and C*) had activity that was detectable until 6 hours after microinjection into cells at a concentration of 25 μM. By contrast, ON-14 (phosphorothioate linked oligomer containing U* and C* with the same sequence as ON-13) was active for 48 hours after microinjection of 0.5 μM oligomer into cells.
Both the 9-mer (5′C*U*U*C*AU*U*U*U* 3′) (SEQ ID NO:24) and 11-mer (ON-17) phosphorothioates were able to inhibit T antigen synthesis when they contain the 5-substituted bases of the invention. However, the 9-mer had relatively weak sequence-specific inhibitory activity.
Also tested in the foregoing assay were an oligomer (5′UT) designed to bind to the 5′ untranslated region of the T antigen near the CAP site of the mRNA and an oligomer with a sequence designed to bind to the region of the start codon. These oligomers have the sequences shown:
5′UT oligomer: 5′-GCC TCC TCA CTA CTT CTG GA-3′ (SEQ ID NO:26)
AUG oligomer: 5′-CAT CTT TGC AAA GCT TTT TG-3′ (SEQ ID NO:27)
The phosphorothioate form of the 5′UT and AUG oligomers composed of thymine and 5-methylcytosine bases was unable to effect detectable inhibition at 20 μM. However, the phosphorothioate analogs wherein 5-propynyluracil was substituted systematically for thymine residues showed 100% inhibition at 1 μM.
Further experiments with this assay system using a T antigen target sequence in the 5′ untranslated region demonstrated that substitution of the modified oligomers of the invention containing phosphodiester linkages but containing 2′-O-allyl substitutions in the oligomers containing fully substituted nucleomonomers wherein C* replaces C and U* replaces T are capable of inhibiting T antigen synthesis. Table 5 shows the results obtained using the 5′UT oligomer. Oligomers 1-4 were 20-mers having the sequence shown above. Oligomer 5 had the underlined sequence shown above and 5-propynyluridine substituted for thymidine and 5-propynylcytidine substituted for cytidine.
TABLE 5
Oligomer* Tm IC50 (μM)
1. 2′-O-Me (U, C) — n.i.**
2. Thioate (T, C′) 70.5 2.5
3. Thioate (U*, C′) 81.0 0.5
4. Thioate (U*, C*) >90.0 0.25
5. 2′-O-allyl (U*, C*) >90.0 5.0
*Thioate or phosphorothioate linkages
**No detectable inhibition at 5 μM
As shown in Table 5 various combinations of inclusion of U* and C* along with either a phosphorothioate backbone or a 2′-O-allyl substitution provided inhibition. Although oligomer 5 is not a substrate for RNase H, inhibition of TAg expression was observed. Inhibition mediated by oligomer 5 is believed to result from the high affinity and nuclease stability that the 2′-O-allyl modification confers. Incorporation of U* and/or C* into oligomers containing full or partial 2′-O-allyl modification will provide oligomers that can be used to inhibit target gene expression.
In addition to sequences in the 5′UT, AUG codon region and exon described above, TAg sequences at TAg intron/exon junction, exon/exon junction and in an intron were targeted using 15-mer phosphorothioate oligomers that were fully substituted with U* and/or C* according to the target sequences. The oligomers contained from about 50% to about 70% of U* and/or C* bases in the oligomer. All of the oligomers effectively inhibited TAg synthesis. These results indicated that the high affinity oligomers were capable of inhibiting gene expression at locations throughout the RNA and were thus effective in spite of any secondary structure that can have been present in the TAg RNA.
EXAMPLE 8 Delivery of Oligomers into Cells
ON-15 was tested for inhibition of T antigen (TAg) expression using the method described in Example 7. ON-1S was incubated for 24 hours with CV1 cells at an extracellular concentration of 50 μM in tissue culture medium, followed by microinjection of TAg and β-galactosidase expression plasmids. 4.5 hours after injection, cells were fixed and stained for TAg expression. By comparison with microinjected ON-15, which efficiently inhibits TAg expression, ON-15 incubated in extracellular medium was much less efficient with no detectable inhibition of TAg synthesis. The experiment was repeated using ON-15 derivatized at the 5′ end with fluorescein-aminohexanol (Fl-ON-15) at an extracellular concentration of 50 μM which was incubated with cells for 24 hours. Control cells were microinjected with Fl-ON-15 at an intracellular concentration of 0.5 μM along with TAg and β-galactosidase expression plasmids. Microinjected Fl-ON-15 was localized in the nucleus while Fl-ON-15 added to the extracellular medium was localized in cytoplasmic compartments that resembled endosomes and lysosomes. The same pattern of results were obtained in CV1, Rat2, HeLa, SKOV-3, BUD-8, BC3H1 and ccd45sk cell lines. Oligomers of the invention are active in different mammalian species and are thus suitable for modulating gene expression regardless of the species.
Fl-ON-15 and ON-15 were delivered to cellular cytoplasm using a commercially available cationic lipid preparation, Lipofectin™ (BRL-Gibco, cat. no. 8292SA). A Lipofectin™ concentration of 10 μM in Optimem (BRL-Gibco) was used according to manufacturer's instructions. DOTMA is the lipid present in Lipofectin™. Cells were incubated in Optimem containing either the Fl-ON-15-lipid or ON-15-lipid preparation for 4 hours, followed by incubation of the cells for 16 hours in standard medium (DMEM with 10% FBS for CV1 cells). Immunofluorescence analysis of treated cells showed that about 90% of the cells contained Fl-ON-15 localized in the nucleus. Delivery of ON-15 to cells was assayed by microinjection of TAg and β-galactosidase expression plasmids into cells after incubation with the lipid-oligomer complex. ON-15 inhibited TAg expression with an IC50 of less than 5 nM using Lipofectin™ at a 10 μM concentration. Preparations of oligomer complexed with cationic lipid (such as Lipofectin™) were thus capable of delivering oligomers containing a label such as fluorescein and/or 5-modified pyrimidines such as U* or C* to the cellular cytoplasm, indicating that modifications incorporated into oligomers, such as base analogs or a label, do not interfere with formation cationic lipid-oligomer complexes.
In an alternative protocol, Fl-ON-15 was also delivered into cells by a transfection protocol using DMSO. CV1 cells were incubated in DMEM-10% FBS medium containing 1% DMSO and 1 μM Fl-ON-15 for 4 hours at 37° C. Fluorescence microscopy demonstrated that the oligomer was localized in the nucleus of about 20% of the treated cells.
Fl-ON-15 was synthesized by coupling a commercially available aminohexane amidite (Glen Research) to the 5′-OH of ON-15 using standard coupling conditions. The free amine was then linked to fluorescein-NHS ester (Molecular Probes) to generate Fl-ON-15. Synthesis of fluorescein-linked oligomer can also be accomplished using fluorescein amidite or fluorescein-CPG according to manufacturer's instructions (Glen Research).
EXAMPLE 9 Synthesis of 2′-O-Allyl Monomers for Oligomer Synthesis
Preparation of 5-propynyl-2′-O-allyluridine nucleomonomer. 343 mg (0.50 mmole) of 14 (FIG. 4) was dissolved into anhydrous CH3CN (5 mL) and to this was added 2-pyridinealdoxime (67 mg, 0.55 mmole) and 1,1,3,3-tetramethylguanidine (75 μL, 0.6 mmole) at room temperature. After 18 hr the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc and washed with aq. citric acid (0.1 M). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, the combined organic layers washed with saturated aq. NaHCO3 (3 times), dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The residue was dissolved into EtOAc (5 mL) and to this was added 1 M TBAF/THF (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmole), the solution stirred for 1 hr and diluted with EtoAc. The solution was washed with saturated aq. NaHCO3 (2 times), the combined aqueous layer extracted with EtOAc (3 times), the combined organic phase dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The residue was evaporated from anhydrous pyridine (10 mL), dissolved into anhydrous pyridine (5 mL), and to this was added dimethoxytrityl chloride (200 mg, 0.6 mmole) and the solution stirred for 18 hr. The reaction mixture was evaporated to approximately 2 mL, diluted with CH2Cl2, washed with saturated aq. NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (EtOAc/Hexane, 1/1) yielded 197 mg (0.32 mmole, 64%) of 6 shown in FIG. 4.
Preparation of 5-propynyl-2′-O-allylcytidine nucleomonomer. 343 mg (0.50 mmole) of 14 was dissolved into anhydrous CH3CN (10 mL), and the solution transferred to a Parr Bomb, cooled to 0° C., and saturated with NH3. This was placed in an 80° C. bath for 24 hr (75 psi), cooled to room temperature and evaporated to dryness. The residue was evaporated from anhydrous DMF (10 mL), dissolved into anhydrous DMF (5 mL), and to this was added diisobutylformamide dimethylacetal (0.2 mL, 0.84 mmole) at room temperature. After 18 hr H2O (25 μL) was added, the solution evaporated, dissolved into EtOAc (5 mL) and to this was added 1 N TBAF/THF (1.5 mL, 1.5 mmole). After 1 hr the reaction mixture was diluted with EtOAc, washed with saturated aq. NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The residue was evaporated from anhydrous pyridine (10 mL), dissolved into anhydrous pyridine (5 mL), and to this was added dimethoxytrityl chloride (200 mg, 0.6 mmole) and the solution stirred for 5 hr. The reaction mixture was evaporated to approximately 2 mL, diluted with CH2Cl2 washed with saturated aq. NaHCO3, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. Purification by silica gel chromatography (EtOAC/Hexane, from 2/3 to 3/2) yielded 242 mg (0.32 mmole, 64%) of 8 shown in FIG. 4.
EXAMPLE 10 Formacetal Dimer Synthesis
FIG. 11 shows a synthesis scheme that was used to obtain a formacetal linked 5-propynyl-2′-deoxyuracil dimer. The synthesis protocol introduced the propynyl substituent at the level of a dimer by conversion of the 5-iodouracil precursor as shown. A similar protocol can be used to convert trimers, tetramers, pentamers or longer 5-iodo precursors to the 5-propynyl product in a similar fashion. This synthetic method gave unexpectedly high yields of the 5-propynyl product.
EXAMPLE 11 3′-Thioformacetal Dimer Synthesis
Preparation of (26): (25) was suspended into CH2Cl2 and paraformaldehyde (1.6 eq) was added, the suspension cooled to 0° C. and HCl (anhydrous) passed through the solution for about 10 minutes. The suspension was sealed and stored at 0-5° C. for 4 hours. The resulting solution was dried, filtered, and evaporated to yield (26).
Preparation of 10: 3′-Deoxy-3′-thioacetyl-5′-dimethoxytrityl-5-propynyl-2′-deoxyuridine was dissolved in methanolic ammonia in a flask that had been flushed with O2 and the solution was sealed and stirred for 1 hour. The solvent was removed and the residue dissolved in EtOAc and washed with NaHCO3 and brine. The organic phase was dried, evaporated and purified by silica gel chromatography (MeOH/CH2Cl2). The resulting disulfide was dissolved into dioxane/H2O followed by addition of tributylphosphine (1.0 eq) and the solution stirred for 30 minutes. The solvent was removed and crude compound 10 was used directly to prepare (27).
Preparation of (27): Compound 10 (1.1 eq) was dissolved in DMF and DIPEA (diisopropylethylamine, 2.5 eq) was added and the solution was cooled to 0° C. under Ar. A solution of compound (26) (1 eq, in DMF) was added, the solution stirred for 10 hours, diluted, extracted against H2O, dried, evaporated and purified by silica gel chromatography (MeOH/CH2Cl2).
Preparation of 11: (27) was dissolved in methanolic ammonia and stirred in a sealed flask at room temperature for 3 hours. The solvent was removed and purified (Silica Gel, MeOH/CH2Cl2 (0-4% MeOH)) and the propyne moiety introduced has described in Example 1.
Preparation of 11A: 11 was phosphitylated using standard procedures.
EXAMPLE 12 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine and 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxycytidine Synthesis
2-Trimethylstannylpyridine. A solution of 15.7 mL of 1.6 M n-butyllithium (25.1 mmol) in anhydrous ether (25 mL) was stirred under Ar at −78° C. and to this was added a solution of 2-bromopyridine (3.97 g, 25.1 mmol) in anhydrous ether (12.5 mL). The resulting orange solution was stirred for 2 h, and trimethyltin chloride in THF (26.0 mmol, 26 and, 1.0 M) added over 30 min. The reaction was stirred for 1 h at −78° C. then warmed to room temperature over 1 h, filtered and the filtrate evaporated. Distillation afforded 3.1 g (51%) of the title compound as a colorless liquid which solidified in the receiver flask. B.p. 65° C./2 mm Hg; Literature B.p. 75° C./4 mm Hg.
5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine. In a 25 mL pear shaped flask was placed 5-iodo-2′-deoxyuridine (0.354 g, 1.0 mmol), 2-trimethylstannylpyridine (0.84 g, 3.5 mmol), Bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (II) chloride (0.070 g, 0.1 mmol), and anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (15 mL). The reaction was heated at 60° C. for 15 hrs then at 90° C. for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography (10% CH3OH in CH2Cl2 (1% NH3)) to yield 0.253 g (83%) of the title compound as a white solid m.p. 201-203° C.
5-(2-pyridinyl)-2′-deoxycytidine. In a 25 mL pear shaped flask was placed 5-iodo-2′-deoxycytidine (0.425 g, 1.2 mmol), 2-trimethylstannylpyridine (1.4 g, 5.8 mmol), Bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (II) chloride (0.084 g, 0.12 mmol), and anhydrous 1,4-dioxane (15 mL). The reaction was heated at 60° C. for 15 hrs then at 90° C. for 1 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue purified by silica gel chromatography (10% CH3OH in CH2Cl2 (1% NH3)) to yield 0.173 g (47%) of the title compound as a white solid m.p. 197-198° C.
EXAMPLE 13 Synthesis of 5-(Thienyl)-5′Dimethoxytrityl-2′Deoxyuridine 2-Trimethylstannylthiophene
To a solution of thiophene (2.1 g, 25.0 mmol) in anhydrous THF (50 mL) was added dropwise over 30 minutes at −38 C. t-butyllithium in pentane (1.6 M, 16.0 mL, 25.6 mmol). The solution was stirred for 1 h at −38 C. and then cooled to −78 C. Trimethyltin chloride in THF (1 M, 25.3 mL, 25.3 mmol) was added dropwise over 30 min. The reaction was then stirred for 2 h at −78 C. and then for 15 h at r.t. The solvent was evaporated and the resulting yellow solid was taken up in ether, washed with water and dried Na2SO4 and then evaporated to give a light brown liquid which solidified on standing.
5-(2-thienyl)-5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-deoxyuridine. In a 50 mL flask was placed 5-iodo-dimethoxytrityl-3′-O-toluolyl-2′-deoxyuridine (2.15 g, 2.77 mmol), 2-trimethylstannylthiophene (1.85 g, 7.5 mmol), Bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (II) chloride (0.196 g, 0.28 mmol) and anhydrous THF (30.0 mL). The was heated at 73 C. for 18 h, then cooled to room temperature. The resulting black precipitate was filtered and washed with THF. The solvent was evaporated and the green residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate (100 mL), washed with water (50 mL) and dried (Na2SO4). The solvent was evaporated and the residue was taken up in dioxane/conc. NH4OH (1/1, 80 mL), stirred for 18 h at r.t. and evaporated. Silica gel purification yielded 0.430 g (25%) of 5-(2-thienyl)-5′-dimethoxytrityl-2′-deoxyuridine.
EXAMPLE 14 Synthesis of 5-((1-Ethynyl)-2-Pyrimidinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine
2-Iodopyrimidine. Liquid HI (28.0 mL, 212 mmol) was stirred vigorously at 0° C. and solid 2-chloropyrimidine (7.0 g, 61 mmol) was added slowly so that the temperature did not rise above 8° C. The reaction was stirred at 5° C. for 1 h., solid potassium carbonate (14.7g, 106 mmol) was carefully added over 0.5 h. (temperature less than 10° C.), and the reaction was decolorized by addition of a small amount of solid sodium bisulfite. The solution was extracted with eiher (5×50 mL), dried (Na2SO4), evaporated and the residue was recrystalized from hexane to afford 7.11 g (56%) of the title compound, m.p. 29-30° C.
2-((Trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)pyrimidine. In a 50 mL flask was placed 2-iodopyrimidine (20. g, 9.7 mmol), copper (I) iodide (9.5 mg, 0.05 mmol), triethylamine (0.7 mL, 5.0 mmol), Bis(triphenylphosphine)-palladium (II) chloride (0.07 g, 0.1 mmol) and anhydrous dioxane (10 mL). The reaction was heated at 60° C. for 18 hours then at 95° C. for 8 h. The solvent was evaporated and the residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (200 mL), washed with H2O (40 mL), dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated. The product was purified by silica gel chromatography (CH2Cl2) to yield 1.06 g (60%) of the title compound.
2-ethynylpyrimidine. To a solution of 2-((Trimethylsilyl)ethynyl)pyrimidine (1.06 g, 6.0 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (9 mL) was added solid potassium carbonate (0.083 g, 0.6 mmol) and the reaction stirred for 2.5 h. The solid was removed by filtration, washed with methanol (10 mL) and the supernatant evaporated. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (30 mL), washed with saturated NaHCO3, dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated. Silica gel chromatography (1-2% CH3OH in CH2Cl2) yielded 0.400 g (64%) of the title compound. This was coupled to 5-Iodo-2′-deoxyuridine and converted to the protected H-phosphonate as in Example 1.
EXAMPLE 15 Binding of Oligomers Containing U* and 3′-Thioformacetal or Formacetal Linkages
The following oligomers were synthesized. Unless otherwise indicated, all linkages were phosphodiester. The symbol, , indicates a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (3′,5′), and the symbol, ∘, indicates a formacetal linkage (3′,5′).
(SEQ ID NO:1)
ON-1 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′TTTTT 3′
(SEQ ID NO:28)
ON-23 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′U*U*U*U*T 3′
(SEQ ID NO:29)
ON-24 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′T•TT•TT 3′
(SEQ ID NO:30)
ON-25 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′U*•U*U*•U*T 3′
(SEQ ID NO:31)
ON-26 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′U*OU*U*OU*T 3′
The oligomers were tested with respect to thermal denaturation (Tm) or stability after hybridization with DNA or RNA targets to form triplex or duplex structures respectively. The DNA target used was an oligomer containing a self-complementary region and having a 4 nucleotide loop at the end of the hairpin as shown. The targets were as follows:
DNA Duplex Target: 5′ AGAGAGAGAGAAAAAGGA T T (SEQ ID NO:10)
3′ TCTCTCTCTCTTTTTCCT T T (SEQ ID NO:11)
RNA Target: 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:12)
The assays for binding were conducted in 140 mM KCL/5 mM Na2HPO4/1 mM MgCL2 at pH=7.2 for single stranded RNA or DNA (duplex hybridization) and at pH=6.6 for duplex DNA (triplex hybridization conditions). The final concentration of all oligomers was ˜2 μM. Tm data obtained with the oligomers is shown in Table 6.
TABLE 6
Duplex Tm Triplex
ON RNA DNA Tm
ON-1 62.5 55.5 38.9
ON-23 69.0 59.5 45.0
ON-24 62.0 53.0 41.5
ON-25 71.5 61.5 47.6
ON-26 69.0 59.5 45.5
EXAMPLE 16 Binding of Oligomers Containing 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine (UP) or 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxycytidine (CP) and 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine (UT)
The following oligomers were synthesized. All linkages were phosphodiester.
(SEQ ID NO:2)
ON-1 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′TTTTT 3′
(SEQ ID NO:32)
ON-28 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′UPUPUPUPUP 3′
(SEQ ID NO:33)
ON-29 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′UPC′UPC′UPTUPTUP 3′
(SEQ ID NO:34)
ON-30 5′ TCPTCPTCPTCPTCPTTTTT 3′
(SEQ ID NO:35)
ON-43 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′UTUTUTUTUT 3′
(SEQ ID NO:36)
ON-44 5′ TC′TC′TC′UTC′UT C′U TTUTTUT 3′
The oligomers were tested with respect to thermal denaturation (Tm) or stability after hybridization with ssDNA or ssRNA targets to form a duplex and with dsDNA to form a triplex. The DNA target used was an oligomer containing a self-complementary region and having a 4 nucleotide loop at the end of the hairpin as shown. The targets were as follows:
DNA Duplex Target: 5′ AGAGAGAGAGAAAAAGGA T T (SEQ ID NO:10)
3′ TCTCTCTCTCTTTTTCCT T T (SEQ ID NO:11)
DNA/RNA Target Sequence: 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:12)
The assays for triple-helix binding were conducted in 140 mM KCL/5 mM Na2HPO4/1 mM MgCL2 at pH=7.2 for single stranded RNA or DNA (duplex hybridization) and at pH=6.6 for duplex DNA (triplex hybridization conditions). The final concentration of all oligomers was ˜2 μM. Tm data obtained with the oligomers is shown in Table 7.
TABLE 7
Duplex Tm Triplex
ON RNA DNA Tm
ON-1 62.5 55.0 39.6
ON-28 64.0 54.0 41.8
ON-29 62.5 52.0 31.7
ON-30 61.5 46.5 —
ON-43 64.5 55.0 31.6
ON-44 63.5 52.5 19.9
EXAMPLE 17 Binding of Oligomers Containing 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine (U*) and Carbocyclic 5-Methyl-2′Deoxycytidine(C#) or 8-Oxo-N6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine (M)
The following oligomers were synthesized. All linkages were phosphodiester.
(SEQ ID NO:2)
ON-1 5′ TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′TTTTT 3′
(SEQ ID NO:37)
ON-32 5′ U*C#U*C#U*C#U*C#U*C#U*U*U*U*U 3′
(SEQ ID NO:38)
ON-33 5′ TTTMTTTMMTMMTTTTT 3′
(SEQ ID NO:39)
ON-34 5′ U*U*U*MU*U*U*MMU*MMU*U*U*U*U* 3′
The oligomers were tested with respect to target sequence binding by footprint analysis using DNase digestion after binding with duplex DNA to form triplex structures. Hybridization was conducted at 37 C. for about 1 hour in 140 mM KCL, 10 mM NaCl, 1 mM MgCl, 1 mM spermine hydrochloride, MOPS pH 7.2 using target DNA at approximately 1 nM. The target sequence was as follows:
DNA Duplex Target:
5′AGAGAGAGAGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:4)
3′TCTCTCTCTCTTTTT 5′. (SEQ ID NO:40)
The sequence was contained on a gel purified 370-bp restriction fragment derived from a cloning vector. The concentration of ON-1 and ON-32 was varied from 0.01 to 10.0 μM. The nuclease protection results obtained with ON-1 and ON-32 indicated that ON-32 had a binding affinity for duplex DNA that was about 1000-fold greater than the affinity of ON-1 for the same target.
The ON-33 and ON-34 target sequence was as follows:
DNA Duplex Target:
5′AAAGAAAGGAGGAAAAA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:41)
3′TTTCTTTCCTCCTTTTT 5′. (SEQ ID NO:42)
The sequence was contained in a plasmid that was linearized by restriction enzyme digestion. The sequence is found in the promoter region of the IL-1 gene. The assays for triple-helix binding were conducted in 140 mM KCL/10 mM NaCl/1 mM MgCL2/1 mM spermine hydrochloride/20 mM MOPS pH 7.2. The final concentration of the target was ˜2 nM while the concentration of ON-33 and ON-34 was varied from 0.1 to 10.0 μM. The nuclease protection results obtained with ON-33, which gave full DNase protection at 0.1 μM, and ON-34, which gave full DNase protection at a concentration well below 0.1 μM, indicated that ON-34 had a binding affinity for duplex DNA that was greater than or equal to 10-fold greater than the affinity of ON-33 for the same target.
The results obtained with these oligomers indicate that the invention bases are compatible with other triplex binding competent base analogs and can thus be used to design high affinity oligomers with triplex-competent bases and base analogs as desired.
EXAMPLE 18 Duplex Formation Using Oligomers Containing 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allyluridine (UX) or 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allylcytidine (CX)
The following oligomers were synthesized. All linkages were phosphodiester. Nucleomonomers were prepared as described in Example 9. 5-Methyl-2′-O-allyluridine, T′, and 5-methyl-2′-O-allylcytidine, C″, were used in addition to UX and CX.
ON-1 5′TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:1)
ON-35 5′TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′T′T′T′T′T′3′ (SEQ ID NO:43)
ON-36 5′TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′U*U*U*U*U* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:44)
ON-37 5′TC′TC′TC′TC′TC′UXUXUXUXUX 3′ (SEQ ID NO:45)
ON-38 5′TC′′TC′′TC′′TC′′TC′′TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:46)
ON-39 5′TC*TC*TC*TC*TC*TTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:47)
ON-40 5′TCXTCXTCXTCXTCXTTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:48)
The oligomers were tested with respect to thermal denaturation (Tm) or stability after hybridization with an RNA target to form duplex structures. The target was as follows:
RNA Target: 5′ AAAAAGAGAGAGAGA 3′ (SEQ ID NO:49)
The assays for duplex-helix binding was conducted in 140 mM KCL/5 mM Na2HPO4/1 mM MgCL2 at pH=6.6 for the RNA target. The final concentration of all oligomers was ˜2 μM. Tm data obtained with the oligomers is shown in Table 8.
TABLE 8
ΔTm
ON Tm (° C./substitution)
ON-1 63.0 —
ON-35 64.5 +0.3
ON-36 70.5 +1.5
ON-37 71.5 +1.7
ON-38 66.5 +0.7
ON-39 70.0 +1.4
ON-40 73.0 +2.0
The results obtained from these analyses demonstrated that the invention bases can be combined with modified sugars in binding competent oligomers. Enhanced binding due to the 2′-O-allyl sugar modification and to the invention bases give significantly increased binding affinity compared to either modification alone. The 2′-O-allyl modification renders oligomers incompetent as a substrate for RNase H. Thus, RNAs bound by oligomers containing 2′ modifications and the invention bases can be advantageously used as probes for RNA sequences in cellular extracts containing nucleases.
EXAMPLE 19 Triplex Formation Using Oligomers Containing U* and a Switchback Linker (X*) Containing U*
The following oligomers were synthesized. All linkages were phosphodiester.
ON-41
5′U*C′U*C′U*U*U*U*U*U*C′U*U*C′U*C′U*U*U*C′X*U*U*U*U*U*U*U* 3′ (SEQ ID NO:50)
ON-42
5′U*C′U*C′U*U*U*U*U*U*C′U*U*C′U*C′U*U*U*C′X*U*U*3′ (SEQ ID NO:51)
The DNA target sequence used was:
DNA Duplex Target:
5′AGAGAAGGGAGAAGAGAAAGAAATTTTTTTTT 3′ (SEQ ID NO:52)
3′TCTCTTTTTTCTTCTCTTTCTTTAAAAAAAAA 5′ (SEQ ID NO:53)
The target sequence was introduced into an intron of the TAg gene and was used in DNase protection analysis as a linearized restriction fragment at about 2 nM. The switchback linker synthon, X*, had the structure 9 shown in FIG. 5-1 and was incorporated into ON-41 and ON-42 by standard H-phosphonate chemistry. The switchback linker was associated with 2 null base pairs (bases in the target that were not hybridized with). Full DNase protection of the target sequence was obtained using either ON-41 or ON-42 at a concentration less than 100 nM.
These results demonstrate that the invention bases are compatible with switchback linkers, such as the o-xyloso linker described here.
EXAMPLE 20 Triple Helix Formation Using Oligomers Containing U* and Phosphorothioate Linkage
Triple helix formation was demonstrated using ON-5 and the phosphorothioate form of ON-5 as described in Example 16. The results show that ON-5 has a Tm of 55.8° C. and the phosphorothioate derivative has a Tm of 44.9° C. Thus, the oligomer containing the phosphorothioate linkage, in combination with the bases of the invention, is binding competent in triple helix formation.
The instant invention is shown and described herein in what is considered to be the most practical and preferred embodiments. It is recognized, however, that departures can be made therefrom which are within the scope of the invention, and that modifications will occur to those skilled in the art upon reading this disclosure.
53 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” 1 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 12 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 14 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 15 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 2 TNTNTNTNTN NNNNN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 15 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 3 TNTNTNNNNN NTNTN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 4 AGAGAGAGAG AAAAA 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” 5 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 6 AAAAAGAGAG AGAGA 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 12 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 14 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 15 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 7 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U′= 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base 15 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” 8 TNTNTNNNNC NTNTN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base 12 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base 14 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” modified_base 15 /note= “This position is U′ = 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil.” 9 TNTNTNTNTN NNNNN 15 18 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 10 AGAGAGAGAG AAAAAGGA 18 18 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 11 TCTCTCTCTC TTTTTCCT 18 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 12 AAAAAGAGAG AGAGA 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 12 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 14 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 13 NCNCNCNCNN NNNNN 15 20 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 17 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 20 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” 14 ATTTTNTTNA TTTTTTNTTN 20 20 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 12 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 14 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 15 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 16 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 17 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 18 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 19 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 20 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” 15 ANNNNNNNNA NNNNNNNNNN 20 20 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5 propynyl cytosine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 11 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 12 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 13 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 14 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 15 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 16 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 17 /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 18 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 19 /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” modified_base 20 /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” 16 ANNNNNNNNA NNNNNNNNNN 20 20 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(16, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(17, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(18, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(19, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(20, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” 17 ANNNNNNNNA NNNNNNNNNN 20 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” 18 NNNNANNNNN NNNNN 15 13 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 19 NNNNANNNNN NNN 13 11 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 20 NNNNANNNNN N 11 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” 21 NNNNANNANN NNNNN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” 22 NNNNNNNNNN ANNNN 15 23 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(16, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(18, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(19, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(20, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(23, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 23 NNGNNGNNNN NANNANANNN AAN 23 9 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 24 NNNNANNNN 9 20 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(16, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(17, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(18, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(19, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(20, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 25 NNANNANNNN NNNNNNNNNN 20 20 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 26 GCCTCCTCAC TACTTCTGGA 20 20 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 27 CATCTTTGCA AAGCTTTTTG 20 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 28 TNTNTNTNTN NNNNT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11..12, “”) /note= “This position indicates a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (3′,5′).” misc_difference replace(13..14, “”) /note= “This position indicates a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (3′,5′).” 29 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11..12, “”) /note= “This position indicates a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (3′,5′).” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13..14, “”) /note= “This position indicates a 3′-thioformacetal linkage (3′,5′).” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 30 TNTNTNTNTN NNNNT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11..12, “”) /note= “This position indicates a formacetal linkage (3′,5′).” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13..14, “”) /note= “This position indicates a formacetal linkage (3′,5′).” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 31 TNTNTNTNTN NNNNT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” 32 TNTNTNTNTN NNNNN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” 33 TNTNTNNNNN NTNTN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C superscript P = 5-(2-Pyridinyl)-2′-Deoxycytidine.” 34 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” 35 TNTNTNTNTN NNNNN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript T = 5-(2-Thienyl)-2′-Deoxyuridine.” 36 TNTNTNNNNN NTNTN 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C# = Carbocyclic 5-Methyl-2′Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C# = Carbocyclic 5-Methyl-2′Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is C# = Carbocyclic 5-Methyl-2′Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is C# = Carbocyclic 5-Methyl-2′Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is C# = Carbocyclic 5-Methyl-2′-Deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 37 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNN 15 17 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′Deoxyadenosine.” 38 TTTNTTTNNT NNTTTTT 17 17 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is M = 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is M = 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is M = 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is M = 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is M = 8-Oxo-N superscript 6-Methyl-2′-Deoxyadenosine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(16, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(17, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 39 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNN 17 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 40 TCTCTCTCTC TTTTT 15 17 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 41 AAAGAAAGGA GGAAAAA 17 17 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 42 TTTCTTTCCT CCTTTTT 17 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is 5-Methyl-2′-O-allyluridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is T′ = 5-Methyl-2′-O-allyluridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is T′ = 5′-Methyl-2′-O-allyluridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is T′ = 5-Methyl-2′-O-allylcytidine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is T′ = 5-Methyl-2′-O-allyluridine.” 43 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 44 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allyluridine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allyluridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allyluridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allyluridine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allyluridine.” 45 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C′′ = 5-methyl-2′-O-allylcytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C′′ = 5-methyl-2′-O-allylcytid modified_base /note= ”This position is C′′ = 5-methyl-2′-O-allylcytidin modified_base /note= “This position is C′′ = 5-methyl-2′-O-allylcytidin modified_base 10 /note= ”This position is C′′ = 5-methyl-2′-O-allylcytidin 46 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxycytidine.” 47 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear modified_base /note= “This position is C superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allylcytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allylcytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allylcytidine.” modified_base /note= “This position is C superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allylcytidine.” modified_base 10 /note= “This position is C superscript X = 5-(1-Propynyl)-2′-O-Allylcytidine.” 48 TNTNTNTNTN TTTTT 15 15 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 49 AAAAAGAGAG AGAGA 15 28 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(16, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(17, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(18, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(19, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(20, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(21, “”) /note= “This position is X* = switchback linker synthon.” misc_difference replace(22, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(23, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(24, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(25, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(26, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(27, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(28, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 50 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNN 28 23 base pairs nucleic acid single linear misc_difference replace(1, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(2, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(3, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(4, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(5, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(6, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(7, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(8, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(9, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(10, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(11, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(12, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(13, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(14, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(15, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(16, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytosine.” misc_difference replace(17, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(18, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(19, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(20, “”) /note= “This position is C′ = 5-methyl-2′-deoxycytidine.” misc_difference replace(21, “”) /note= “This position is X* = switchback linker synthon.” misc_difference replace(22, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” misc_difference replace(23, “”) /note= “This position is U* = 5-(1-propynyl)-2′-deoxyuridine.” 51 NNNNNNNNNN NNNNNNNNNN NNN 23 32 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 52 AGAGAAGGGA GAAGAGAAAG AAATTTTTTT TT 32 32 base pairs nucleic acid single linear 53 TCTCTTTTTT CTTCTCTTTC TTTAAAAAAA AA 32 ??

Claims (27)

What is claimed is:
1. An oligomer comprising at least three 3′-5′ linked nucleosides or salts thereof wherein at least one internucleoside linkage is not a phosphodiester linkage and at least one of said nucleosides comprises a base of formula (1) or (2):
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00012
wherein:
each X is independently O or S;
R2 is C2-12 1-alkynyl or R2 is C2-12 1-alkenyl optionally substituted with an alkynyl group, or R2 is cyano, or R2 is a C2-12 heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms independently is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, or R2 is —C≡C—Z wherein Z is hydrogen or C1-10 alkyl or C1-10 haloalkyl with 1 to 6 halogen atoms, or R2 is a (1-alkynyl)-heteroaromatic group optionally substituted on a ring carbon by oxygen or C1-4 alkyl or optionally substituted on a ring nitrogen by C1-4 alkyl; and
Pr is (H)2 or a protecting group,
with the proviso that when at least one of said nucleosides of said oligomer comprises 2′-deoxyuridine 5-substituted by vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl, or 1-octynyl, then the remainder of the nucleosides comprising the oligomer are not solely comprised of phosphodiester linked 2′-deoxyadenosine, 2′-deoxyguanosine, 2′-deoxycytidine, thymidine or a combination thereof.
2. The oligomer of claim 1 wherein X is O.
3. The oligomer of claim 1 comprising 4, 5, 6 or 7 nucleomonomers.
4. The oligomer of claim 1 comprising about 8 to 20 nucleomonomers.
5. The oligomer of claim 1 wherein R2 is cyano, C2-12 1-alkenyl or R2 is C2-12 1-alkynyl or R2 is a C2-12 heteroaromatic or 1-ethynyl-hetreoaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms is N, S or O.
6. The oligomer of claim 5 wherein R2 is C2-8 1-alkenyl or R2 is C2-8 1-alkynyl or R2 is a C2-8 heteroaromatic or 1-ethynyl-hetreoaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms is N, S or O.
7. The oligomer of claim 6 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of phenylethynyl, 2-, 3-, and 4-pyridine-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-thiazolyl-ethynyl, 1-methyl-2-imidazolyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl, 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl, 2-, 4- and 5-imidazolyl-ethynyl, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, 2- and 3-thienyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-furanyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-pyrrolyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-thienyl, 2-, 4-, and 5-oxazolyl, 2- and 3-furanyl, 2- and 3-pyrrolyl, propenyl, vinyl and —C≡C—Z where Z is H, alkyl (C1-10), haloalkyl (C1-10 with 1 to 6 halogen atoms) or heteroalkyl (C1-10 with 1 to 3 heteroatoms).
8. The oligomer of claim 1 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of 1-propynyl, 1-propenyl, 3-buten-1-ynyl, 3-methyl-1-butynyl, 3,3-dimethyl-1-butynyl, 1,3-pentadiynyl, 1-butynyl, ethynyl, vinyl, bromovinyl, phenylethynyl, 2-, 3-, and 4-pyridine-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-pyrimidine-ethynyl, triazine-ethynyl, 2-pyrimidinyl, 4-pyrimidinyl, 5-pyrimidinyl, 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl-ethynyl, 2-, 4- and 5-thiazolyl-ethynyl, 1-methyl-2-imidazolyl, 2- and 4-imidazolyl, 2-, 4- and 5-oxazolyl, 2-, 4- and 5-imidazolyl-ethynyl, 2-pyridinyl, 3-pyridinyl, 4-pyridinyl, 2- and 3-thienyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-furanyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-pyrrolyl-ethynyl, 2- and 3-thienyl, 2-, 4-, and 5-oxazolyl, 2- and 3-furanyl, and 2- and 3-pyrrolyl.
9. The oligomer of claim 1 complexed with a cationic lipid.
10. An oligomer of claim 1 comprising a positive modification comprising at least one base of formula (1) or (2) and a negative modification, with respect to the binding affinity of the oligomer to a complementary nucleic acid sequence, wherein the positive modification counteracts the effect of the negative modification to a degree that is more than additive with respect to the binding affinity.
11. The oligomer of claim 10 wherein the positive modification R2 is cyano, C2-12 1-alkenyl or 1-alkynyl or is a C2-12 heteroaromatic or 1-ethynyl-heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms is independently N, S or O.
12. The oligomer of claim 11 wherein the heterocycle base modification R2 is C2-8 1-alkenyl or 1-alkynyl or is a C2-8 heteroaromatic or 1-ethynyl-heteroaromatic group containing 5 to 6 ring atoms in which one ring atom is N and optionally in which a second ring atom is N, S or O and each X is O.
13. An oligomer of the formula (16):
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00013
wherein
each R1 is independently H, PO3 −2, or a blocking group;
each R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of H, OH, F, NH2, OCH3, OC2H5, OC3H7, SCH3, SC2H5, SC3H7, OC3H5, and SC3H5;
each X1 is independently a substitute linkage selected from the group consisting of —P(S)(O)—, —P(O)(O)—, —P(Me)(O)— and —P(Me)(S)— wherein at least one of said linkages is not —P(O)(O)—;
n is an integer from 1 to 98; and
B is a purine or pyrimidine base, provided that at least one B is of formula (1) or (2):
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00014
 wherein
each X is independently O or S;
R2 is C2-12 1-alkynyl, or R2 is C2-12 1-alkenyl optionally substituted with an alkynyl group, or R2 is cyano, or R2 is a C2-12 heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, or R2 is —C≡C—Z wherein Z is hydrogen or C1-10 alkyl or C1-10 haloalkyl with 1 to 6 halogen atoms, or R2 is a (1-alkynyl)-heteroaromatic group optionally substituted on a ring carbon by oxygen or C1-4 alkyl or optionally substituted on a ring nitrogen by C1-4 alkyl; and
Pr is H2 or a protecting group and with the proviso that when at least one of said nucleomonomers of said oligomer comprises 2′-deoxyuridine 5-substituted by vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl, or 1-otynyl, then the remainder of the nucleomonomers comprising said oligomer are not solely comprised of phosphodiester linked 2′-deoxyadenosine, 2′-deoxyguanosine, 2′-deoxycytidine, thymidine or a combination thereof.
14. The oligomer of claim 13 wherein at least one B is 5-propynyluracil, 5-(1-butynyl)uracil, 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)uracil, 5-propynylcytosine, 5-(1-butynyl)cytosine or 5-(3-methyl-1-butynyl)cytosine.
15. The oligomer of claim 13 wherein at least one R1 is H, PO3 −2, DMT, MMT, H-phosphonate, methyl phosphonamidite, methylphosphoramidite, β-cyanoethylphosphoramidite or alkylphosphoramidite.
16. The oligomer of claim 13 wherein each R3 is independently H, OH, or —O-allyl.
17. The oligomer of claim 13 complexed with a cationic lipid.
18. The oligomer of claim 14 wherein the cationic lipid is DOTMA.
19. A duplex wherein one of the two oligomers of the duplex is comprised of an oligomer of claim 1.
20. A duplex wherein one of the two oligomers of the duplex is comprised of an oligomer of claim 13.
21. A triplex wherein one of the three oligomers of the triplex is comprised of the oligomer of claim 1.
22. A triplex wherein one of the three oligomers of the triplex is comprised of the oligomer of claim 13.
23. The oligomer of claim 13 wherein Pr is (H)2.
24. The oligomer of claim 23 wherein n had a value of from 1 to 28.
25. The oligomer of claim 24 wherein R3 is independently selected from the group consisting of hyrogen, fluorine, O-methyl, O-ethyl, O-propyl and O-allyl.
26. The oligomer of claim 25 wherein each X1 is independently —P(S)(O)— or —P(O)(O)—.
27. An oligomer comprising at least three 3′-5′ linked nucleosides or salts thereof wherein at least one of said nucleosides comprises a base of formula (1) or (2):
Figure US06380368-20020430-C00015
wherein:
each X is oxygen or sulfur;
R2 is C2-12 1-alkynyl or R2 is C2-12 1-alkenyl optionally substituted with halogen or a group, or R2 is cyano, or R2 is a C2-12 heteroaromatic group containing 5-6 ring atoms in which one to three of the ring atoms independently is nitrogen, oxygen or sulfur, or R2 is —C≡C—Z wherein Z is hydrogen or C1-10 alkyl or C1-10 haloalkyl with 1 to 6 halogen atoms, or R2 is a (1-alkynyl)-heteroaromatic group optionally substituted on a ring carbon by oxygen or C1-4 alkyl or optionally substituted on a ring nitrogen by C1-4 alkyl; and
Pr is (H)2 or a protecting group,
with the proviso that when at least one of said nucleosides of said oligomer comprises 2′-deoxyuridine 5-substituted by vinyl, 1-butenyl, 1-pentenyl, 1-hexenyl, 1-heptenyl, 1-octenyl, 1-propynyl, 1-butynyl, 1-hexynyl, 1-heptynyl, or 1-octynyl, then the remainder of the nucleosides comprising the oligomer are not solely comprised of phosphodiester linked 2′-deoxyadenosine, 2′-deoxyguanosine, 2′-deoxycytidine, thymidine or a combination thereof.
US08/599,738 1991-11-26 1996-02-12 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines Expired - Fee Related US6380368B1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US08/599,738 US6380368B1 (en) 1991-11-26 1996-02-12 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/024,818 US6962783B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2001-12-18 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/294,203 US6875593B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2002-11-14 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/730,643 US7057027B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2003-12-08 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US07/799,824 US5484908A (en) 1991-11-26 1991-11-26 Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines
US93544492A 1992-08-25 1992-08-25
US96594192A 1992-10-23 1992-10-23
US07/976,103 US5645985A (en) 1991-11-26 1992-11-25 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US08/338,352 US6235887B1 (en) 1991-11-26 1994-11-14 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides containing modified pyrimidines
US08/599,738 US6380368B1 (en) 1991-11-26 1996-02-12 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines

Related Parent Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US07/976,103 Division US5645985A (en) 1991-11-26 1992-11-25 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US08/338,352 Continuation US6235887B1 (en) 1991-11-26 1994-11-14 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides containing modified pyrimidines

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/024,818 Division US6962783B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2001-12-18 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US6380368B1 true US6380368B1 (en) 2002-04-30

Family

ID=27122155

Family Applications (5)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/338,352 Expired - Lifetime US6235887B1 (en) 1991-11-26 1994-11-14 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides containing modified pyrimidines
US08/599,738 Expired - Fee Related US6380368B1 (en) 1991-11-26 1996-02-12 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/024,818 Expired - Fee Related US6962783B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2001-12-18 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/294,203 Expired - Fee Related US6875593B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2002-11-14 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/730,643 Expired - Fee Related US7057027B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2003-12-08 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US08/338,352 Expired - Lifetime US6235887B1 (en) 1991-11-26 1994-11-14 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides containing modified pyrimidines

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/024,818 Expired - Fee Related US6962783B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2001-12-18 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/294,203 Expired - Fee Related US6875593B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2002-11-14 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US10/730,643 Expired - Fee Related US7057027B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2003-12-08 Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (5) US6235887B1 (en)

Cited By (183)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20030119016A1 (en) * 1997-10-02 2003-06-26 Riley Timothy A. Antisense oligonucleotides with increased RNase sensitivity
US20040014129A1 (en) * 1999-04-08 2004-01-22 Brown Bob D. Amplification primer pairs and use thereof
WO2004042362A2 (en) * 2002-11-04 2004-05-21 Cygene Laboratories, Inc. Target sequences for the detection of the west nile virus
US20040266707A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2004-12-30 Devin Leake Stabilized polynucleotides for use in RNA interference
US6875593B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2005-04-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US20050223427A1 (en) * 2004-04-01 2005-10-06 Dharmacon, Inc. Modified polynucleotides for reducing off-target effects in RNA interference
US20060110766A1 (en) * 2004-11-22 2006-05-25 Barbara Robertson Method of determining a cellular response to a biological agent
US20060115461A1 (en) * 2004-11-22 2006-06-01 Barbara Robertson Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing compositions
US20060223777A1 (en) * 2005-03-29 2006-10-05 Dharmacon, Inc. Highly functional short hairpin RNA
US20070269889A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2007-11-22 Dharmacon, Inc. Stabilized siRNAs as transfection controls and silencing reagents
US20080085869A1 (en) * 2006-09-22 2008-04-10 Dharmacon, Inc. Duplex oligonucleotide complexes and methods for gene silencing by rna interference
US20090280567A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2009-11-12 Dharmacon, Inc. Stabilized sirnas as transfection controls and silencing reagents
US7923207B2 (en) 2004-11-22 2011-04-12 Dharmacon, Inc. Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing pools
US20110091887A1 (en) * 2008-03-12 2011-04-21 Japan Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Method for detection of methylcytosine using photoresponsive probe
US20110104668A1 (en) * 2009-11-03 2011-05-05 Infoscitex Corporation Nucleic acid ligands against infectious prions
US20110104667A1 (en) * 2009-11-03 2011-05-05 Infoscitex Corporation Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
WO2011133876A2 (en) 2010-04-22 2011-10-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides comprising acyclic and abasic nucleosides and analogs
WO2011133868A2 (en) 2010-04-22 2011-10-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conformationally restricted dinucleotide monomers and oligonucleotides
US8153772B2 (en) 1997-10-02 2012-04-10 Gen-Probe Incorporated Oligonucleotide probes and primers comprising universal bases for diagnostic purposes
US8188060B2 (en) 2008-02-11 2012-05-29 Dharmacon, Inc. Duplex oligonucleotides with enhanced functionality in gene regulation
WO2012079046A2 (en) 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of klf-1 and bcl11a genes
WO2012078967A2 (en) 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for increasing erythropoietin (epo) production
WO2012138453A1 (en) 2011-04-03 2012-10-11 The General Hospital Corporation Efficient protein expression in vivo using modified rna (mod-rna)
WO2012178033A2 (en) 2011-06-23 2012-12-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
WO2012177784A2 (en) 2011-06-21 2012-12-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compostions and methods of use thereof
WO2013019857A2 (en) 2011-08-01 2013-02-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for improving the success rate of hematopoietic stem cell transplants
WO2013155204A2 (en) 2012-04-10 2013-10-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
WO2014012081A2 (en) 2012-07-13 2014-01-16 Ontorii, Inc. Chiral control
WO2014071358A2 (en) 2012-11-05 2014-05-08 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Novel ntrk1 fusion molecules and uses thereof
WO2014130922A1 (en) 2013-02-25 2014-08-28 Trustees Of Boston University Compositions and methods for treating fungal infections
WO2014160871A2 (en) 2013-03-27 2014-10-02 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and agents for treating alzheimer's disease
WO2014190157A1 (en) 2013-05-22 2014-11-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tmprss6 compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2014190137A1 (en) 2013-05-22 2014-11-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2014197835A2 (en) 2013-06-06 2014-12-11 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
WO2015050990A1 (en) 2013-10-02 2015-04-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
WO2015061091A1 (en) 2013-10-21 2015-04-30 The General Hospital Corporation Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer
WO2015095527A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 The General Hosptial Corporation Methods and assays relating to circulating tumor cells
WO2015107425A2 (en) 2014-01-16 2015-07-23 Wave Life Sciences Pte. Ltd. Chiral design
WO2015123264A1 (en) 2014-02-11 2015-08-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2015175510A1 (en) 2014-05-12 2015-11-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating a serpinc1-associated disorder
WO2015179724A1 (en) 2014-05-22 2015-11-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2015187541A1 (en) 2014-06-02 2015-12-10 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for immunomodulation
WO2016040589A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof
WO2016057893A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2016-04-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
WO2016061487A1 (en) 2014-10-17 2016-04-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof
WO2016069694A2 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof
WO2016077321A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2016-05-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis b virus (hbv) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016081444A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US9394333B2 (en) 2008-12-02 2016-07-19 Wave Life Sciences Japan Method for the synthesis of phosphorus atom modified nucleic acids
WO2016130806A2 (en) 2015-02-13 2016-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016164746A1 (en) 2015-04-08 2016-10-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
WO2016201301A1 (en) 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016205323A1 (en) 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotde agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof
WO2016209862A1 (en) 2015-06-23 2016-12-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2017011286A1 (en) 2015-07-10 2017-01-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (igfals) and insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2017015575A1 (en) 2015-07-22 2017-01-26 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Oligonucleotide compositions and methods thereof
WO2017040078A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. PROGRAMMED CELL DEATH 1 LIGAND 1 (PD-L1) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US9598458B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2017-03-21 Wave Life Sciences Japan, Inc. Asymmetric auxiliary group
US9605019B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-03-28 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Methods for the synthesis of functionalized nucleic acids
US9617547B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2017-04-11 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant
US9744183B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2017-08-29 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Nucleic acid prodrugs and methods of use thereof
WO2017184689A1 (en) 2016-04-19 2017-10-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High density lipoprotein binding protein (hdlbp/vigilin) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2017214518A1 (en) 2016-06-10 2017-12-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COMPLETMENT COMPONENT C5 iRNA COMPOSTIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING PAROXYSMAL NOCTURNAL HEMOGLOBINURIA (PNH)
EP3312281A2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-04-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2018098117A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2018112320A1 (en) 2016-12-16 2018-06-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating or preventing ttr-associated diseases using transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions
WO2018195165A1 (en) 2017-04-18 2018-10-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of subjects having a hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection
US10144933B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-12-04 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having immunity induction activity, and immunity induction activator
US10149905B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-12-11 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having antitumor effect and antitumor agent
WO2019014530A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Lactate dehydrogenase a (ldha) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3456827A2 (en) 2010-06-02 2019-03-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods directed to treating liver fibrosis
US10260089B2 (en) 2012-10-29 2019-04-16 The Research Foundation Of The State University Of New York Compositions and methods for recognition of RNA using triple helical peptide nucleic acids
WO2019089922A1 (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019100039A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019099610A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US10322173B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2019-06-18 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having anti-allergic activity, and anti-allergic agent
WO2019126097A1 (en) 2017-12-18 2019-06-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High mobility group box-1 (hmgb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US10428019B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2019-10-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral auxiliaries
WO2019222166A1 (en) 2018-05-14 2019-11-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2020037125A1 (en) 2018-08-16 2020-02-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
WO2020036862A1 (en) 2018-08-13 2020-02-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) dsRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2020060986A1 (en) 2018-09-18 2020-03-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2020132346A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Vir Biotechnology, Inc. Combination hbv therapy
WO2020132521A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of kcnt1 related disorders
EP3674409A1 (en) 2011-03-29 2020-07-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of tmprss6 gene
WO2020150431A1 (en) 2019-01-16 2020-07-23 Genzyme Corporation Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3693463A1 (en) 2013-10-04 2020-08-12 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
WO2020232024A1 (en) 2019-05-13 2020-11-19 Vir Biotechnology, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection
WO2021022109A1 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SERPIN FAMILY F MEMBER 2 (SERPINF2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021022108A2 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CARBOXYPEPTIDASE B2 (CPB2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US10913951B2 (en) 2018-10-31 2021-02-09 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure
WO2021030522A1 (en) 2019-08-13 2021-02-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SMALL RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN SUBUNIT 25 (RPS25) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021046122A1 (en) 2019-09-03 2021-03-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
EP3798306A1 (en) 2013-12-12 2021-03-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021067747A1 (en) 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing ugt1a1 gene expression
WO2021076828A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2021-04-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021081026A1 (en) 2019-10-22 2021-04-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021087325A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajb1-prkaca fusion gene expression
WO2021087036A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021096763A1 (en) 2019-11-13 2021-05-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (agt-) associated disorder
WO2021102373A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2021-05-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021119226A1 (en) 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (c9orf72) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021126734A1 (en) 2019-12-16 2021-06-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021154941A1 (en) 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions for use in the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als)
WO2021163066A1 (en) 2020-02-10 2021-08-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing vegf-a expression
WO2021167841A1 (en) 2020-02-18 2021-08-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021178736A1 (en) 2020-03-06 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021178607A1 (en) 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases
WO2021188611A1 (en) 2020-03-18 2021-09-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant
WO2021195307A1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coronavirus irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021202443A2 (en) 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 Alnylam Pharmaceucticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajc15 gene expression
WO2021206922A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021206917A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ANGIOTENSIN-CONVERTING ENZYME 2 (ACE2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021207167A1 (en) 2020-04-06 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing myoc expression
WO2021207189A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing scn9a expression
WO2021222549A1 (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021222065A1 (en) 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein e (apoe) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021231698A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl)
WO2021231673A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2)
WO2021231679A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2)
WO2021231691A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rsi)
WO2021231685A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1)
WO2021231675A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1)
WO2021231680A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2)
WO2021231692A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof)
WO2021237097A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2021-11-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting marc1 gene expression
WO2021252557A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation
WO2021257782A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2021-12-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. XANTHINE DEHYDROGENASE (XDH) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021262840A1 (en) 2020-06-24 2021-12-30 Vir Biotechnology, Inc. Engineered hepatitis b virus neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof
WO2022066847A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022076291A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2022-04-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. G protein-coupled receptor 75 (gpr75) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022087041A1 (en) 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating primary hyperoxaluria
WO2022087329A1 (en) 2020-10-23 2022-04-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022103999A1 (en) 2020-11-13 2022-05-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COAGULATION FACTOR V (F5) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022119873A1 (en) 2020-12-01 2022-06-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
WO2022125490A1 (en) 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022140702A1 (en) 2020-12-23 2022-06-30 Flagship Pioneering, Inc. Compositions of modified trems and uses thereof
WO2022150260A1 (en) 2021-01-05 2022-07-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COMPLEMENT COMPONENT 9 (C9) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
US11408000B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2022-08-09 Triplet Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotides for the treatment of nucleotide repeat expansion disorders associated with MSH3 activity
EP4043567A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2022-08-17 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
WO2022174000A2 (en) 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Superoxide dismutase 1 (sod1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (sod1-) associated neurodegenerative diseases
WO2022182864A1 (en) 2021-02-25 2022-09-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prion protein (prnp) irna compositions and methods and methods of use thereof
WO2022182574A1 (en) 2021-02-26 2022-09-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022187435A1 (en) 2021-03-04 2022-09-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022192519A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022212153A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022212231A2 (en) 2021-03-29 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022214632A1 (en) 2021-04-07 2022-10-13 Neoplants Sas Compositions and methods for indoor air remediation
WO2022232343A1 (en) 2021-04-29 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022231999A1 (en) 2021-04-26 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022246023A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2022-11-24 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2022245583A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-11-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (sglt2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022256283A2 (en) 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods for restoring protein function using adar
WO2022256290A2 (en) 2021-06-04 2022-12-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUMAN CHROMOSOME 9 OPEN READING FRAME 72 (C9ORF72) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022256395A1 (en) 2021-06-02 2022-12-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022260939A2 (en) 2021-06-08 2022-12-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating or preventing stargardt's disease and/or retinal binding protein 4 (rbp4)-associated disorders
WO2023278410A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2023278407A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2023278576A1 (en) 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (agt-) associated disorder
WO2023003995A1 (en) 2021-07-23 2023-01-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023009687A1 (en) 2021-07-29 2023-02-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023014677A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023014765A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR SILENCING ANGIOTENSINOGEN (AGT)
WO2023019246A1 (en) 2021-08-13 2023-02-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Factor xii (f12) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023044370A2 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3)
WO2023044094A1 (en) 2021-09-20 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023056329A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 Akouos, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating kcnq4-associated hearing loss
WO2023056440A1 (en) 2021-10-01 2023-04-06 Adarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prekallikrein-modulating compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023069603A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing
WO2023076451A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023076450A2 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP4209592A1 (en) 2012-04-26 2023-07-12 Genzyme Corporation Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023141314A2 (en) 2022-01-24 2023-07-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
US11771698B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2023-10-03 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Methods of treating cholangiocarcinoma
EP4269601A2 (en) 2015-03-27 2023-11-01 President and Fellows of Harvard College Modified t cells and methods of making and using the same
EP4286517A2 (en) 2013-04-04 2023-12-06 President and Fellows of Harvard College Therapeutic uses of genome editing with crispr/cas systems
WO2024039776A2 (en) 2022-08-18 2024-02-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024059165A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4385568A2 (en) 2010-04-06 2024-06-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of cd274/pd-l1 gene
WO2024168010A2 (en) 2023-02-09 2024-08-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Reversir molecules and methods of use thereof
EP4424828A1 (en) 2015-12-07 2024-09-04 Genzyme Corporation Methods and compositions for treating a serpinc1-associated disorder
WO2024196965A1 (en) 2023-03-23 2024-09-26 Carbon Biosciences, Inc. Parvovirus compositions and related methods for gene therapy
WO2024197242A1 (en) 2023-03-23 2024-09-26 Carbon Biosciences, Inc. Protoparvovirus compositions comprising a protoparvovirus variant vp1 capsid polypeptide and related methods

Families Citing this family (108)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2000075306A2 (en) * 1999-04-30 2000-12-14 Cyclops Genome Sciences Limited Method for producing double stranded polynucleotides
US20030114410A1 (en) 2000-08-08 2003-06-19 Technion Research And Development Foundation Ltd. Pharmaceutical compositions and methods useful for modulating angiogenesis and inhibiting metastasis and tumor fibrosis
US7666588B2 (en) * 2001-03-02 2010-02-23 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid forensic analysis of mitochondrial DNA and characterization of mitochondrial DNA heteroplasmy
US7718354B2 (en) 2001-03-02 2010-05-18 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid identification of pathogens in humans and animals
US20040121335A1 (en) * 2002-12-06 2004-06-24 Ecker David J. Methods for rapid detection and identification of bioagents associated with host versus graft and graft versus host rejections
US20030027135A1 (en) * 2001-03-02 2003-02-06 Ecker David J. Method for rapid detection and identification of bioagents
US7226739B2 (en) 2001-03-02 2007-06-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc Methods for rapid detection and identification of bioagents in epidemiological and forensic investigations
US8073627B2 (en) * 2001-06-26 2011-12-06 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. System for indentification of pathogens
US7217510B2 (en) * 2001-06-26 2007-05-15 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for providing bacterial bioagent characterizing information
US7070933B2 (en) * 2001-09-28 2006-07-04 Gen-Probe Incorporated Inversion probes
EP1578399A4 (en) 2002-12-06 2007-11-28 Isis Pharmaceuticals Inc Methods for rapid identification of pathogens in humans and animals
US20060241130A1 (en) * 2003-01-31 2006-10-26 Ehud Keinan Anti-inflammatory compositions and uses thereof
US8046171B2 (en) * 2003-04-18 2011-10-25 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods and apparatus for genetic evaluation
US8057993B2 (en) 2003-04-26 2011-11-15 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for identification of coronaviruses
US8158354B2 (en) * 2003-05-13 2012-04-17 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid purification of nucleic acids for subsequent analysis by mass spectrometry by solution capture
US7964343B2 (en) * 2003-05-13 2011-06-21 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Method for rapid purification of nucleic acids for subsequent analysis by mass spectrometry by solution capture
EP1636333A4 (en) * 2003-06-19 2007-10-24 Evogene Ltd Nucleotide sequences for regulating gene expression in plant trichomes and constructs and methods utilizing same
US8129514B2 (en) * 2003-06-19 2012-03-06 Evogene Ltd. Nucleotide sequences for regulating gene expression in plant trichomes and constructs and methods utilizing same
US8546082B2 (en) 2003-09-11 2013-10-01 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for identification of sepsis-causing bacteria
US20100035239A1 (en) * 2003-09-11 2010-02-11 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of bacteria
US8288523B2 (en) 2003-09-11 2012-10-16 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of bacteria
US8097416B2 (en) 2003-09-11 2012-01-17 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for identification of sepsis-causing bacteria
US20060240412A1 (en) * 2003-09-11 2006-10-26 Hall Thomas A Compositions for use in identification of adenoviruses
US7666592B2 (en) * 2004-02-18 2010-02-23 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for concurrent identification and quantification of an unknown bioagent
US8119336B2 (en) * 2004-03-03 2012-02-21 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of alphaviruses
JPWO2005085270A1 (en) * 2004-03-04 2007-12-13 独立行政法人科学技術振興機構 Nucleic acid derivatives introduced with a pyrrolyl group at the 5-position of the pyridine ring
WO2005117270A2 (en) 2004-05-24 2005-12-08 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mass spectrometry with selective ion filtration by digital thresholding
US20050266411A1 (en) * 2004-05-25 2005-12-01 Hofstadler Steven A Methods for rapid forensic analysis of mitochondrial DNA
US7811753B2 (en) 2004-07-14 2010-10-12 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for repairing degraded DNA
WO2006135400A2 (en) 2004-08-24 2006-12-21 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for rapid identification of recombinant organisms
WO2006050999A2 (en) * 2004-11-15 2006-05-18 Obe Therapy Biotechnology S.A.S Methods of reducing body fat
EP1869180B1 (en) 2005-03-03 2013-02-20 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of polyoma viruses
US8084207B2 (en) * 2005-03-03 2011-12-27 Ibis Bioscience, Inc. Compositions for use in identification of papillomavirus
US20070225242A1 (en) * 2005-06-21 2007-09-27 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Method and composition for treating and preventing tumor metastasis in vivo
CA2614531C (en) 2005-07-07 2015-06-16 Avraham Hochberg Nucleic acid agents for downregulating h19, and methods of using same
US8026084B2 (en) * 2005-07-21 2011-09-27 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid identification and quantitation of nucleic acid variants
JP2009535383A (en) * 2006-05-03 2009-10-01 バルティック テクロノジー デヴェロプメント，リミテッド Antisense agents combining oligonucleotides modified with strongly bound bases and artificial nucleases
DK2548578T3 (en) 2006-05-17 2014-10-06 Ludwig Inst Cancer Res Targeting of VEGF-B regulation of fatty acid transporters for modulating human diseases
US9149473B2 (en) * 2006-09-14 2015-10-06 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Targeted whole genome amplification method for identification of pathogens
EP2111449B1 (en) * 2007-01-16 2012-03-07 Yissum Research Development Company of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem H19 silencing nucleic acid agents for treating rheumatoid arthritis
WO2008093331A1 (en) * 2007-01-29 2008-08-07 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Antibody conjugates for circumventing multi-drug resistance
US8785409B2 (en) 2007-01-30 2014-07-22 Geron Corporation Compounds having anti-adhesive effects on cancer cells
WO2008104002A2 (en) * 2007-02-23 2008-08-28 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods for rapid forensic dna analysis
US20100204266A1 (en) * 2007-03-23 2010-08-12 Ibis Biosciences, INC Compositions for use in identification of mixed populations of bioagents
WO2008151023A2 (en) 2007-06-01 2008-12-11 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Methods and compositions for multiple displacement amplification of nucleic acids
JP2010533705A (en) 2007-07-15 2010-10-28 ヒルマン，イチャク Disease treatment using antimicrobial peptides or their inhibitors
IL184627A0 (en) 2007-07-15 2008-12-29 Technion Res & Dev Foundation Agents for diagnosing and modulating metastasis and fibrosis as well as inflammation in a mammalian tissue
SI2185198T1 (en) 2007-08-02 2015-04-30 Gilead Biologics, Inc. Lox and l0xl2 inhibitors and uses thereof
US20110152346A1 (en) * 2007-11-05 2011-06-23 Baltic Technology Development Ltd. Use of Oligonucleotides with Modified Bases in Hybridization of Nucleic Acids
WO2010033627A2 (en) 2008-09-16 2010-03-25 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Sample processing units, systems, and related methods
US8534447B2 (en) 2008-09-16 2013-09-17 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Microplate handling systems and related computer program products and methods
US8550694B2 (en) 2008-09-16 2013-10-08 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Mixing cartridges, mixing stations, and related kits, systems, and methods
CA2737661C (en) 2008-09-23 2019-08-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Chemical modifications of monomers and oligonucleotides with cycloaddition
WO2010080769A2 (en) 2009-01-06 2010-07-15 Arresto Biosciences, Inc. Chemotherapeutic methods and compositions
WO2010093943A1 (en) 2009-02-12 2010-08-19 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Ionization probe assemblies
US9194877B2 (en) 2009-07-17 2015-11-24 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Systems for bioagent indentification
WO2011008971A1 (en) * 2009-07-17 2011-01-20 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Lift and mount apparatus
BR112012008080A2 (en) * 2009-08-21 2017-07-04 Gilead Biologics Inc in vivo screening assays.
AU2010284000A1 (en) * 2009-08-21 2012-03-22 Gilead Biologics, Inc. In vitro screening assays
SG2014004816A (en) * 2009-08-21 2014-03-28 Gilead Biologics Inc Catalytic domains from lysyl oxidase and loxl2
JP2013502437A (en) * 2009-08-21 2013-01-24 ギリアド バイオロジクス，インク． Treatment methods and compositions
US20120157512A1 (en) 2009-08-21 2012-06-21 Monsanto Technology Llc Preventing and Curing Beneficial Insect Diseases Via Plant Transcribed Molecules
US20110044907A1 (en) * 2009-08-21 2011-02-24 Derek Marshall In vivo screening assays
US9610331B2 (en) 2009-09-08 2017-04-04 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods for hematopoietic precursor mobilization
US20110091882A1 (en) * 2009-10-02 2011-04-21 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Determination of methylation status of polynucleotides
CA2777448C (en) 2009-10-14 2023-02-28 Ilan Sela Compositions for controlling varroa mites in bees
US8962584B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2015-02-24 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem, Ltd. Compositions for controlling Varroa mites in bees
EP2488656B1 (en) * 2009-10-15 2015-06-03 Ibis Biosciences, Inc. Multiple displacement amplification
CA2789022A1 (en) 2010-02-04 2011-08-11 Gilead Biologics, Inc. Antibodies that bind to lysyl oxidase-like 2 (loxl2) and methods of use therefor
EP2561356B1 (en) 2010-04-18 2016-08-03 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd. MOLECULES AND METHODS OF USING SAME FOR TREATING ErbB/ErbB LIGANDS ASSOCIATED DISEASES
WO2011158243A2 (en) 2010-06-16 2011-12-22 Yissum Research Development Company Of The Hebrew University Of Jerusalem Ltd. Method of diagnosing and treating cancer
CN103210082A (en) 2010-09-15 2013-07-17 雷蒙特亚特特拉维夫大学有限公司 Methods of expanding and redifferentiating islet beta cells
EP3075396A1 (en) 2010-10-17 2016-10-05 Yeda Research and Development Co. Ltd. Methods and compositions for the treatment of insulin-associated medical conditions
WO2012172555A1 (en) 2011-06-14 2012-12-20 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Combination therapy to prevent dcis formation and progression to breast cancer
JP6063613B2 (en) 2011-08-09 2017-01-18 イェダ リサーチ アンド デベロップメント カンパニー リミテッド Down-regulation of miR-7 to promote beta cell differentiation and insulin production
US9145559B2 (en) 2011-10-27 2015-09-29 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating cancer
WO2013076730A1 (en) 2011-11-27 2013-05-30 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of regulating angiogenesis and compositions capable of same
SG11201402826YA (en) 2011-12-22 2014-12-30 Alios Biopharma Inc Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9803175B2 (en) 2012-02-22 2017-10-31 Exostem Biotec Ltd. Generation of neural stem cells and motor neurons
USRE48171E1 (en) 2012-03-21 2020-08-25 Janssen Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
US9441007B2 (en) 2012-03-21 2016-09-13 Alios Biopharma, Inc. Substituted nucleosides, nucleotides and analogs thereof
BR112015026702A2 (en) 2013-04-21 2018-02-06 Yeda Res And Developmente Co Ltd senescent cell killing methods
MX359191B (en) 2013-07-19 2018-09-18 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling leptinotarsa.
UA120426C2 (en) 2013-11-04 2019-12-10 Монсанто Текнолоджі Елелсі Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestations
CN111068053A (en) 2014-02-03 2020-04-28 耶路撒冷希伯来大学的益生研究开发有限公司 Use of casein kinase I inhibitors to deplete stem cells
WO2015153339A2 (en) 2014-04-01 2015-10-08 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling insect pests
CN114009454A (en) 2014-07-29 2022-02-08 孟山都技术公司 Compositions and methods for controlling insect pests
US11920164B2 (en) 2014-07-30 2024-03-05 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Media for culturing naive human pluripotent stem cells
WO2016030899A1 (en) 2014-08-28 2016-03-03 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating amyotrophic lateral scleroses
US20180042994A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2018-02-15 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating diseases related to mitochondrial function
PL3256589T3 (en) 2015-01-22 2022-02-21 Monsanto Technology Llc Compositions and methods for controlling leptinotarsa
WO2016135732A1 (en) 2015-02-26 2016-09-01 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Method of promoting hair growth
CA2981732C (en) 2015-04-07 2024-03-12 Boris Khalfin Compositions for treating and/or preventing cell or tissue necrosis specifically targeting cathepsin c and/or cela1 and/or cela3a and/or structurally related enzymes thereto
CN107683089B (en) 2015-05-04 2021-03-16 孟山都技术公司 Compositions and methods for controlling arthropod parasite and pest infestation
EP3294280A1 (en) 2015-05-11 2018-03-21 Yeda Research and Development Co., Ltd. Citrin inhibitors for the treatment of cancer
WO2016185457A1 (en) 2015-05-19 2016-11-24 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of promoting lymphangiogenesis
JP2018515564A (en) 2015-05-21 2018-06-14 イェダ リサーチ アンド ディベロップメント カンパニー リミテッドＹｅｄａ Ｒｅｓｅａｒｃｈ Ａｎｄ Ｄｅｖｅｌｏｐｍｅｎｔ Ｃｏ．Ｌｔｄ． Bacteria group for health promotion
US20180221393A1 (en) 2015-08-03 2018-08-09 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Cxcr4 binding agents for treatment of diseases
EP3373939A4 (en) 2015-11-10 2019-06-26 B.G. Negev Technologies and Applications Ltd., at Ben-Gurion University Means and methods for reducing tumorigenicity of cancer stem cells
AU2017204950A1 (en) 2016-01-06 2018-08-16 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Compositions and methods for treating malignant, autoimmune and inflammatory diseases
US20190216891A1 (en) 2016-03-06 2019-07-18 Yeda Research And Development Co., Ltd. Method for modulating myelination
IL247368A0 (en) 2016-08-18 2016-11-30 Yeda Res & Dev Diagnostic and therapeutic uses of exosomes
WO2019021289A1 (en) 2017-07-27 2019-01-31 The National Institute for Biotechnology in the Negev Ltd. Smac/diablo inhibitors useful for treating cancer
WO2019116376A1 (en) 2017-12-17 2019-06-20 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Cop9 signalosome (csn) complex modulators and uses thereof
CN112236131A (en) 2018-03-29 2021-01-15 技术研究及发展基金有限公司 Vesicles comprising PTEN inhibitors and uses thereof
JP7353301B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2023-09-29 アルニラム ファーマスーティカルズ インコーポレイテッド Extrahepatic delivery
WO2020236600A1 (en) 2019-05-17 2020-11-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oral delivery of oligonucleotides
CA3147575A1 (en) 2019-07-29 2021-02-04 Yeda Research And Development Co. Ltd. Methods of treating and diagnosing lung cancer

Citations (33)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4415732A (en) 1981-03-27 1983-11-15 University Patents, Inc. Phosphoramidite compounds and processes
US4458066A (en) 1980-02-29 1984-07-03 University Patents, Inc. Process for preparing polynucleotides
EP0251786A2 (en) 1986-07-02 1988-01-07 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Alkynylamino-nucleotides
US4725677A (en) 1983-08-18 1988-02-16 Biosyntech Gmbh Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides
EP0269574A2 (en) 1986-11-27 1988-06-01 Nippon Zoki Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Novel adenosine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them as an active ingredient
EP0286028A2 (en) 1987-04-10 1988-10-12 Roche Diagnostics GmbH Derivatives of disazapurine nucleosides, process for their preparation and their use in the sequence analysis of nucleic acids and as antiviral agents
WO1988008001A1 (en) 1987-04-16 1988-10-20 Aktiebolaget Astra Nucleosides and nucleoside analogues, pharmaceutical composition and processes for the preparation of the compounds
WO1989012061A1 (en) 1988-06-10 1989-12-14 Medivir Ab Pyrimidine nucleosides and intermediates
WO1989012060A1 (en) 1988-06-06 1989-12-14 Steven Albert Benner Oligonucleotide analogs containing sulfur
US4904582A (en) 1987-06-11 1990-02-27 Synthetic Genetics Novel amphiphilic nucleic acid conjugates
EP0375408A1 (en) 1988-12-20 1990-06-27 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
US4959463A (en) 1985-10-15 1990-09-25 Genentech, Inc. Intermediates
WO1990015884A1 (en) 1989-06-19 1990-12-27 The Johns Hopkins University Formation of triple helix complexes of double stranded dna using nucleoside oligomers
EP0415901A2 (en) 1989-08-29 1991-03-06 Monsanto Company Improved nucleic acid probes
US5013830A (en) 1986-09-08 1991-05-07 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Compounds for the cleavage at a specific position of RNA, oligomers employed for the formation of said compounds, and starting materials for the synthesis of said oligomers
WO1991006626A2 (en) 1989-10-23 1991-05-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy
US5034506A (en) 1985-03-15 1991-07-23 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
WO1992002258A1 (en) 1990-07-27 1992-02-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nuclease resistant, pyrimidine modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression
WO1992005186A1 (en) 1990-09-20 1992-04-02 Gilead Sciences Modified internucleoside linkages
WO1992006102A1 (en) 1990-10-02 1992-04-16 Medivir Ab Nucleoside derivatives
EP0486477A2 (en) 1986-12-15 1992-05-20 The Wellcome Foundation Limited 1-( -D-Arabinofuranosyl)-5-propynyluracil as a VZV-antiviral compound
WO1992009705A1 (en) 1990-11-23 1992-06-11 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Triplex-forming oligomers containing modified bases
WO1992010590A1 (en) 1990-12-10 1992-06-25 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Inhibition of transcription by formation of triple helixes
EP0492570A1 (en) 1990-12-24 1992-07-01 Enzo Diagnostics, Inc. Method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample using a background reducing reagent and composition and kit comprising such a reagent
US5204455A (en) 1989-06-15 1993-04-20 Froehler Brian C Monomethoxytrityl protected oligonucleotides bound to a solid support
US5256775A (en) 1989-06-05 1993-10-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Exonuclease-resistant oligonucleotides
US5264423A (en) 1987-03-25 1993-11-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
US5264564A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
US5272057A (en) 1988-10-14 1993-12-21 Georgetown University Method of detecting a predisposition to cancer by the use of restriction fragment length polymorphism of the gene for human poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase
US5466786A (en) 1989-10-24 1995-11-14 Gilead Sciences 2'modified nucleoside and nucleotide compounds
US5484908A (en) * 1991-11-26 1996-01-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines
US5495009A (en) 1989-10-24 1996-02-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs containing thioformacetal linkages
US5840867A (en) * 1991-02-21 1998-11-24 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Aptamer analogs specific for biomolecules

Family Cites Families (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3527865A (en) 1966-04-04 1970-09-08 Ben Venue Lab Inc Method of controlling sea lamprey
GB1365391A (en) 1971-01-25 1974-09-04 Samco Strong Ltd Press cutting
DE2210861A1 (en) 1972-03-07 1973-09-13 Hans Wirth Automaten PLAY MACHINE
PH24423A (en) 1985-02-15 1990-06-25 Ciba Geigy Ag 5-(azolyloxyphenylcarbamoyl)barbituric acid derivatives as anthelmintics
JPS61205262A (en) 1985-03-09 1986-09-11 Daikin Ind Ltd Fluorine-containing pyrimidine derivative
JPH0739394B2 (en) * 1985-05-30 1995-05-01 住友化学工業株式会社 Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound and pest control agent containing it as an active ingredient
US5079352A (en) * 1986-08-22 1992-01-07 Cetus Corporation Purified thermostable enzyme
US4847258A (en) 1986-08-26 1989-07-11 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Substituted benzoylphenylureas compounds useful as pesticides
JP2828642B2 (en) * 1987-06-24 1998-11-25 ハワード フローレイ インスティテュト オブ イクスペリメンタル フィジオロジー アンド メディシン Nucleoside derivative
GB8903019D0 (en) 1989-02-10 1989-03-30 Ici Plc Fungicides
GB9413975D0 (en) 1994-07-11 1994-08-31 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co New heterobicyclic derivatives
US5008894A (en) 1990-03-30 1991-04-16 Synrad, Incorporated Drive system for RF-excited gas lasers
DK0463488T4 (en) 1990-06-27 2004-05-10 Basf Ag O-benzyloxymeters and plant protection agents containing these compounds
NZ242290A (en) 1991-04-15 1994-12-22 Zeneca Ltd Pyridyl and pyrimidinyl substituted oxime-o-benzyl ether derivatives; preparatory processes, fungicidal compositions and an intermediate
JP3739785B2 (en) * 1991-11-26 2006-01-25 アイシス ファーマシューティカルズ，インコーポレイティド Enhanced triple and double helix shaping using oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US6235887B1 (en) 1991-11-26 2001-05-22 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation directed by oligonucleotides containing modified pyrimidines
IL106324A (en) 1992-07-17 1998-09-24 Shell Int Research Substituted pyrimidine compounds their preparation some novel intermediates thereof and acaricidal and insecticidal compositions containing them
ZW8594A1 (en) 1993-08-11 1994-10-12 Bayer Ag Substituted azadioxacycbalkenes
DE4340181A1 (en) 1993-11-25 1995-06-01 Bayer Ag 3-methoxy-2-phenyl-acrylic acid methyl ester
PL178612B1 (en) 1994-03-10 2000-05-31 Bayer Ag Derivatives of oximes and their application as agents for fighting against pests
EP0848700B1 (en) 1995-08-30 2003-07-02 Bayer CropScience AG Acylaminosalicylic acid amides and their uses as pesticides
DE19710609A1 (en) 1997-03-14 1998-09-17 Bayer Ag Substituted aminosalicylic acid amides

Patent Citations (38)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4458066A (en) 1980-02-29 1984-07-03 University Patents, Inc. Process for preparing polynucleotides
US4415732A (en) 1981-03-27 1983-11-15 University Patents, Inc. Phosphoramidite compounds and processes
US4725677A (en) 1983-08-18 1988-02-16 Biosyntech Gmbh Process for the preparation of oligonucleotides
US5034506A (en) 1985-03-15 1991-07-23 Anti-Gene Development Group Uncharged morpholino-based polymers having achiral intersubunit linkages
US4959463A (en) 1985-10-15 1990-09-25 Genentech, Inc. Intermediates
EP0251786A2 (en) 1986-07-02 1988-01-07 E.I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Alkynylamino-nucleotides
US5013830A (en) 1986-09-08 1991-05-07 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Compounds for the cleavage at a specific position of RNA, oligomers employed for the formation of said compounds, and starting materials for the synthesis of said oligomers
EP0269574A2 (en) 1986-11-27 1988-06-01 Nippon Zoki Pharmaceutical Co. Ltd. Novel adenosine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing them as an active ingredient
EP0486477A2 (en) 1986-12-15 1992-05-20 The Wellcome Foundation Limited 1-( -D-Arabinofuranosyl)-5-propynyluracil as a VZV-antiviral compound
US5264423A (en) 1987-03-25 1993-11-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Inhibitors for replication of retroviruses and for the expression of oncogene products
EP0286028A2 (en) 1987-04-10 1988-10-12 Roche Diagnostics GmbH Derivatives of disazapurine nucleosides, process for their preparation and their use in the sequence analysis of nucleic acids and as antiviral agents
WO1988008001A1 (en) 1987-04-16 1988-10-20 Aktiebolaget Astra Nucleosides and nucleoside analogues, pharmaceutical composition and processes for the preparation of the compounds
US4904582A (en) 1987-06-11 1990-02-27 Synthetic Genetics Novel amphiphilic nucleic acid conjugates
WO1989012060A1 (en) 1988-06-06 1989-12-14 Steven Albert Benner Oligonucleotide analogs containing sulfur
US5440040A (en) 1988-06-10 1995-08-08 Medivir Ab Pyrimidine intermediates
WO1989012061A1 (en) 1988-06-10 1989-12-14 Medivir Ab Pyrimidine nucleosides and intermediates
US5272057A (en) 1988-10-14 1993-12-21 Georgetown University Method of detecting a predisposition to cancer by the use of restriction fragment length polymorphism of the gene for human poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase
WO1990006934A1 (en) 1988-12-20 1990-06-28 Baylor College Of Medicine Triple stranded nucleic acid and methods of use
EP0375408A1 (en) 1988-12-20 1990-06-27 Baylor College Of Medicine Method for making synthetic oligonucleotides which bind specifically to target sites on duplex DNA molecules, by forming a colinear triplex, the synthetic oligonucleotides and methods of use
US5256775A (en) 1989-06-05 1993-10-26 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Exonuclease-resistant oligonucleotides
US5204455A (en) 1989-06-15 1993-04-20 Froehler Brian C Monomethoxytrityl protected oligonucleotides bound to a solid support
WO1990015884A1 (en) 1989-06-19 1990-12-27 The Johns Hopkins University Formation of triple helix complexes of double stranded dna using nucleoside oligomers
EP0415901A2 (en) 1989-08-29 1991-03-06 Monsanto Company Improved nucleic acid probes
WO1991006626A2 (en) 1989-10-23 1991-05-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy
US5399676A (en) 1989-10-23 1995-03-21 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotides with inverted polarity
US5466786B1 (en) 1989-10-24 1998-04-07 Gilead Sciences 2' Modified nucleoside and nucleotide compounds
US5495009A (en) 1989-10-24 1996-02-27 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotide analogs containing thioformacetal linkages
US5466786A (en) 1989-10-24 1995-11-14 Gilead Sciences 2'modified nucleoside and nucleotide compounds
US5264564A (en) 1989-10-24 1993-11-23 Gilead Sciences Oligonucleotide analogs with novel linkages
WO1992002258A1 (en) 1990-07-27 1992-02-20 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Nuclease resistant, pyrimidine modified oligonucleotides that detect and modulate gene expression
WO1992005186A1 (en) 1990-09-20 1992-04-02 Gilead Sciences Modified internucleoside linkages
US5596086A (en) 1990-09-20 1997-01-21 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Modified internucleoside linkages having one nitrogen and two carbon atoms
WO1992006102A1 (en) 1990-10-02 1992-04-16 Medivir Ab Nucleoside derivatives
WO1992009705A1 (en) 1990-11-23 1992-06-11 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Triplex-forming oligomers containing modified bases
WO1992010590A1 (en) 1990-12-10 1992-06-25 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Inhibition of transcription by formation of triple helixes
EP0492570A1 (en) 1990-12-24 1992-07-01 Enzo Diagnostics, Inc. Method for detecting a target polynucleotide in a sample using a background reducing reagent and composition and kit comprising such a reagent
US5840867A (en) * 1991-02-21 1998-11-24 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Aptamer analogs specific for biomolecules
US5484908A (en) * 1991-11-26 1996-01-16 Gilead Sciences, Inc. Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines

Non-Patent Citations (95)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
Albretsen et al, "Optimal Conditions for Hybridization with Oligonucleotides: A Study with myc-Oncogene DNA Probes," Anal Biochem 170:193-202 (1988).
Alderfer et al., "Comparative Studies on Homopolymers of Adenylic Acid Possessing Different C-2' Substituents of the Furanose. Poly(deoxyriboadenylic acid), Poly(riboadenylic acid), Poly(2'-0-methyladenylic acid), and Poly(2'-0-ethyladenylic acid)," Biochem 13(8):1615-1622 (1974).
Alderfer et al., "Comparative Studies on Homopolymers of Adenylic Acid Possessing Different C-2′ Substituents of the Furanose. Poly(deoxyriboadenylic acid), Poly(riboadenylic acid), Poly(2′-0-methyladenylic acid), and Poly(2′-0-ethyladenylic acid)," Biochem 13(8):1615-1622 (1974).
Al-Razzak et al., "5-Quinone Derivatives of 2′-Deoxyuridine 5′-Phosphate: Inhibition and Inactivation of Thymidylate Synthase, Antitumor Cell, and Antiviral Studies", 30:409-419, J Med Chem, 1987.
Al-Razzak et al., "5-Quinone Derivatives of 2'-Deoxyuridine 5'-Phosphate: Inhibition and Inactivation of Thymidylate Synthase, Antitumor Cell, and Antiviral Studies", 30:409-419, J Med Chem, 1987.
Augustyns et al., "Incorporation of hexose nucleoside analogues into oligonucleotides: synthesis, base-pairing properties and enzymatic stability," Nuc Acids Res 20:4711-4716 (1992).
Balzarini et al., "Incorporation of 5-substituted pyrimidine nucleoside analogs into DNA of a thymidylate synthetase-deficient murine FM3A carcinoma cell line," Chem AB 103(3):16283a (1985).
Beal et al., "Second Structural Motif for Recognition of DNA by Oligonucleotide-Directed Triple-Helix Formation," Science 251:1360-1363 (1990).
Capobianco et al., "One pot solution synthesis of cyclic oligodeoxyribonucleotides," Nuc Acids Res 18:2661-2669 (1990).
Casey et al, "Rates of formation and thermal stabilities of RNA:DNA and DNA:DNA duplexes at high concentration of formamide," Nuc Acids Res 4(5):1539-1552 (1977).
Chiang et al., "Antisense Oligonucleotides Inhibit Intercellular Adhesion Molecule 1 Expression by Two Distinct Mechanisms," J Biol Chem 266:18162-18171 (1991).
Clivio et al., "Synthesis of Dinucleoside Phosphates Containing Sulfur Substutited Nucleobase: 4-Thiouracil, 4-Thiothymine and 6-Mercaptopurine," Tet Lett 33:69-72 (1992).
Connolly et al., "Synthesis and properties of oligonucleotides containing 4-thiothymidine, 5-methyl-2-pyrimidinone-1-b-D(2′-deoxyriboside) and 2-thiothymidine," Nuc Acids Res 17:4957-4974 (1989).
Connolly et al., "Synthesis and properties of oligonucleotides containing 4-thiothymidine, 5-methyl-2-pyrimidinone-1-b-D(2'-deoxyriboside) and 2-thiothymidine," Nuc Acids Res 17:4957-4974 (1989).
Cooney et al., "Site-Specific Oligonucleotide Binding Represses Transcription of the Human c-myc Gene In Vitro," Science 241:456-459 (1988).
Cooney et al., Science 241:456-459, 1988.* *
De Clercq et al., "Nucleic Acid Related Compounds. 40. Synthesis and Biological Activities of 5-Alkynyluracil Nucleosides," J Med Chem 26:661-666 (1983).
De Clercq et al., "Thymidylate Synthetase as Target Enzyme for the Inhibitory Activity of 5-Substituted 2′-Deoxyuridines on Mouse Leukemia L1210 Cell Growth", 19:321-330, Molecular Pharmacology, 1980.
De Clercq et al., "Thymidylate Synthetase as Target Enzyme for the Inhibitory Activity of 5-Substituted 2'-Deoxyuridines on Mouse Leukemia L1210 Cell Growth", 19:321-330, Molecular Pharmacology, 1980.
De Clercq et al., J. Med. Chem. 26:661-666, 1983.* *
Egholm et al., "Peptide Nucleic Acids (PNA). Oligonucleotide Analogues with an Achiral Peptide Backbone," J Am Chem Soc 114:1895-1897 (1992).
Fedorovo et al., "Complementary addressed modification of double-stranded DNA within a ternary complex," FEBS 228:273-276 (1988).
Felgner et al., "Lipofection: A highly efficient, lipid-mediated DNA-transfection procedure," Proc Natl Acad Sci 84:7413-7417 (1987).
Froehler et al., "Oligodeoxynucleotides Containing C-5 Propyne Analogs of 2′-Deoxyuridine and 2′-Deoxycytidine," Tet Lett 33:5307-5310 (1992).
Froehler et al., "Oligodeoxynucleotides Containing C-5 Propyne Analogs of 2'-Deoxyuridine and 2'-Deoxycytidine," Tet Lett 33:5307-5310 (1992).
Froehler et al., "Triple-Helix Formation and Cooperative Binding by Oligodeoxynucleotides with a 3′-3′ Internucleotide Junction," Biochem 31:1603-1609 (1992).
Froehler et al., "Triple-Helix Formation and Cooperative Binding by Oligodeoxynucleotides with a 3'-3' Internucleotide Junction," Biochem 31:1603-1609 (1992).
Froehler et al., "Triple-Helix Formation by Oligodeoxynucleotides Containing the Carbocyclic Analogs of Thymidine and 5-Methyl-2′-deoxycytidine," J Am Chem Soc 114:8320-8322 (1992).
Froehler et al., "Triple-Helix Formation by Oligodeoxynucleotides Containing the Carbocyclic Analogs of Thymidine and 5-Methyl-2'-deoxycytidine," J Am Chem Soc 114:8320-8322 (1992).
Goodchild et al., "Structural Requirements of Olefinic 5-Substituted Deoxyuridines for Antiherpes Activity," J Med Chem 26:1252-1257 (1983).
Griffin et al., "Recognition of Thymine-Adenine Base Pairs by Guanine in a Pyrimidine Triple Helix Motif," Science 245:967-971 (1989).
Hamaguchi et al, "The Effect of Electrolytes on the Stability of the Deoxyribonucleate Helix," J Am Chem Soc 84:1329-1338 (1962).
Herdewijn et al, "Synthesis of 2′-5′ connected oligonucleotides. Prodrugs for antiviral and antitumoral nucleosides", Helv. Chim. Acta. 72:1739-1748, 1989.*
Herdewijn et al, "Synthesis of 2'-5' connected oligonucleotides. Prodrugs for antiviral and antitumoral nucleosides", Helv. Chim. Acta. 72:1739-1748, 1989.* *
Hobbs et al., "Palladium-Catlyzed Synthesis of Alkynylamino Nucleosides. A Universal Linker for Nucleic Acids," J Org Chem 54:3420-3422 (1989).
Horne et al., "Recognition of Mixed-Sequence Duplex DNA by Alternate-Strand Triple-Helix Formation," J Am Chem Soc 112:2435-2437 (1990).
Hutton, James R., "Renaturation kinetics and thermal stability of DNA in aqueous solutions of formamide and urea," Nuc Acids Res 4(10):3537-3555 (Oct. 1977).
Iverson et al., "Nonenzymatic Sequence-Specific Cleavage of Single-Stranded DNA to Nucleotide Resolution. DNA Methyl Thioether Probes," J Am Chem Soc 109:1241-1243 (1987).
Kielanowska et al., "Preparation and Properties of Poly 2′-O-Ethylcytidylic Acid," Nuc Acids Res 3(3):817-824 (Mar. 1976).
Kielanowska et al., "Preparation and Properties of Poly 2'-O-Ethylcytidylic Acid," Nuc Acids Res 3(3):817-824 (Mar. 1976).
Knorre et al., "Reactive oligonucleotide derivatives and sequence-specific modification of nucleic acids," Biochimie 67:785-789 (1985).
Krawczyk et al., "Oligonucleotide-mediated triple helix formation using an N[3]-protonated deoxycytidine analog exhibiting pH-independent binding within the physiological range," Proc Natl Acad Sci 89:3761-3764 (1992).
Kumar et al., "Synthesis and Antiviral Activity of Novel 5-(1-Azido-2-haloethyl) and 5-(1-Azido-, amino-, or methoxyethyl) Analogs of 2′-Deoxyuridine," J Med Chem 36:2470-2474 (1993).
Kumar et al., "Synthesis and Antiviral Activity of Novel 5-(1-Azido-2-haloethyl) and 5-(1-Azido-, amino-, or methoxyethyl) Analogs of 2'-Deoxyuridine," J Med Chem 36:2470-2474 (1993).
Lee et al., "Interaction of Psoralen-Derivatized Oligodeoxyribonucleoside Methylphosphonates with Single-Stranded DNA," Biochem 27:3197-3203 (1988).
Lee et al., "Poly(pyrimidine).poly(purine) synthetic DNAs containing ???," Nuc Acids Res 12:6603-6614 (1984).
Lee et al., "Poly(pyrimidine)·poly(purine) synthetic DNAs containing ???," Nuc Acids Res 12:6603-6614 (1984).
Leusink et al., "Studies in Group IV Organometallic Chemistry XXIV. Structure of Products Obtained in the Hydrostannation of Ethynes," J Organometal Chem 9:285-294 (1967).
Loke et al., "Characterization of oligonucleotide transport into living cells," Proc Natl Acad Sci 86:3474-3478 (1989).
Maher et al., "Inhibition of DNA Binding Proteins by Oligonucleotide-Directed Triple Helix Formation," Science 245:725-730 (1989).
Matteucci et al., "Synthesis and Crosslinking Properties of a Deoxyoligonucleotide Containing N[6],N[6]-Ethanodeoxyadenosine," Tet Lett 28:2469-2472 (1987).
Matthews et al, "Analytical Strategies for the Use of DNA Probes," Anal Biochem 169:1-25 (1988).
Meyer et al., "Efficient, Specific Cross-Linking and Cleavage of DNA by Stable, Synthetic Complementary Oligodeoxynucleotides," J Am Chem Soc 111:8517-8519 (1989).
Moser et al., "Sequence-Specific Cleavage of Double Helical DNA by Triple Helix Formation," Science 238:645-650 (1987).
Murakami et al, "Highly sensitive detection of DNA using enzyme-linked DNA-probe. 1. Colorimetric and fluorometric detection," Nuc Acids Res 17(14):5587-5595 (1989).
Nielsen et al., "Sequence-Selective Recognition of DNA by Strand Displacement with a Thymine-Substituted Polyamide," Science 254:1497-1500 (1991).
Ono et al., "Triplex Formation of an Oligonucleotide Containing 2′-0-Methylpseudoisocytidine with a DNA Dupliex at Neutral pH," J Org Chem 57:3225-3230 (1992).
Ono et al., "Triplex Formation of an Oligonucleotide Containing 2'-0-Methylpseudoisocytidine with a DNA Dupliex at Neutral pH," J Org Chem 57:3225-3230 (1992).
Ötvös et al., "Substrate specificity of DNA polymerases. I. Enzyme-catlysed incorporation of 5-(1-alkenyl)-2′-deoxyuridines into DNA," Nuc Acids Res 15:1763-1777 (1987).
Ötvös et al., "Substrate specificity of DNA polymerases. II. 5-(1-Alkynyl)-dUTPs as substrates of the Klenow DNA polymerase enzyme," Chem Ab 107(23):214012g (1987).
Petrie et al, "A Novel Biotinylated Adenylate Analogue Derived from Pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine for Labeling DNA Probes," Bioconj Chem 2:441-446 (1991).
Povsic et al., "Triple Helix Formation by Oligonucleotides on DNA Extended to the Physiological pH Range," J Am Chem Soc 111:3059-3061 (1989).
Praseuth et al., "Sequence-specific binding and photocrosslinking of a and b oligodeoxynucleotides to the major groove of DNA via triple-helix formation," Proc Natl Acad Sci 85:1349-1353 (1988).
Quartin et al, "Effect of Ionic Strength on the Hybridization of Oligodeoxynucleotides with Reduced Charge Due to Methylphosphonate Linkages to Unmodified Oligodeoxynucleotides Containing the Complementary Sequence," Biochem 28:1040-1047 (1989).
Rahim et al., "5-Alkynl pyrimidine nucleosides as potent selective inhibitors of varicella-zoster virus," Antiviral Chem & Chemo 3:293-297 (1992).
Rahim, "Preparation of 5-prop-1-ynyl-1-(5-0-trimethyl . . . ," Chem Ab 113(25):231937d (1990).
Ransford et al., "2′-O-Ethyl Pyrimidine Nucleosides (1)," J Carbohydrates Nucls Nuclt 1(3):275-278 (1974).
Ransford et al., "2'-O-Ethyl Pyrimidine Nucleosides (1)," J Carbohydrates Nucls Nuclt 1(3):275-278 (1974).
Reynolds et al., "Synthesis of Thymidine Dimers Containing Internucleoside Sulfonate and Sulfonamide Linkages," J Org Chem 57:2983-2985 (1992).
Robins et al., "Nucleic acid related compounds. 38. Smooth and high-yield iodination and chlorination at C-5 of uracil bases and p-totuyl-protected nucleosides," Can J Chem 60:554-557 (1982).
Robins et al., "Solvent, Not Palladium Oxidation State, is the Primary Determinant for Successful Coupling of Terminal Alkynes with Iodo-Nucleosides," Tet Lett 31(26):3731-3734 (1990).
Robins et al., J. Org. Chem. 48:1854-1862, 1983.* *
Robins et al., Tetrahedron Letters 22:421-424, 1981.* *
Shaw et al., "Specific, High-Efficiency, Triple-Helix-Mediated Cross-Linking to Duplex DNA," J Am Chem Soc 113:7765-7766 (1991).
Thompson et al, "Molecular Hybridization with RNA Probes in Concentrated Solutions of Guanidine Thiocyanate," Anal Biochem 163:281-291 (1987).
�tv�s et al., "Substrate specificity of DNA polymerases. I. Enzyme-catlysed incorporation of 5-(1-alkenyl)-2'-deoxyuridines into DNA," Nuc Acids Res 15:1763-1777 (1987).
�tv�s et al., "Substrate specificity of DNA polymerases. II. 5-(1-Alkynyl)-dUTPs as substrates of the Klenow DNA polymerase enzyme," Chem Ab 107(23):214012g (1987).
Uhlmann et al, "Antisense Oligonucleotides: A New Therapeutic Principle," Chem Rev 90:543-584 (1990).
Uhlmann et al., Chemical Reviews 90(4):543-584, 1990.* *
Valko et al., "Application of chromatographic retention date in an investigation of a quantitative structure-nucleotide incorporation rate relationship," J Chromatog 506:35-44 (1990).
Valko et al., "Correlation of Nucleotide Incorporation Rate and HPLC Retention Parameters of Substituted Nucleosides," J Liquid Chromatog 12:2103-2116 (1989).
van de Sande, "Parallel Stranded DNA," Science 241:551-557 (1988).
van der Krol et al., "Modulation of Eukaryotic Gene Expression by Complementary RNA or DNA Sequences," Biotechniques 6:958-976 (1988).
Van Ness et al, "The use of oligodeoxynucleotide probes in chaotrope-based hybridization solutions," Nuc Acids Res 19(19):5143-5151 (1991).
Vasseur et al., "Oligonucleosides: Synthesis of a Novel Methylhydroxylamine-Linked Nucleoside Dimer and Its Incorporation into Antisense Sequences," J Am Chem Soc 114:4006-4007 (1992).
Vincent et al., "Synthese de Nucleosides Substitues en C-5 par un Carbocycle ou un Heterocycle par Couplages D'Organozinciques Avec L'Iodo-5 O-Bis(Trimethylsilyl)-3',5' Desoxy-2' Uridine Catalyses par des Complexes Organopalladies", 25(2):201-202, Tet Lett, 1984.
Vincent et al., "Synthese de Nucleosides Substitues en C-5 par un Carbocycle ou un Heterocycle par Couplages D'Organozinciques Avec L'Iodo-5 O-Bis(Trimethylsilyl)-3′,5′ Desoxy-2′ Uridine Catalyses par des Complexes Organopalladies", 25(2):201-202, Tet Lett, 1984.
Vincent et al., Tetrahedron Letters 22:945-947, 1981.* *
Vlassov et al., "Complementary addressed modification and cleavage of a single stranded DNA fragment with alkylating oligonucleotides derivatives," Nuc Acids Res 14:4065-4076 (1986).
Vlassov et al., "Sequence-specific chemical modification of double-stranded DNA with alkylating oligodeoxyribonucleotide derivatives," Gene 72:313-322 (1988).
Webb et al., "Hybridization triggered cross-linking of deoxyoligonucleotides," Nuc Acids Res 14:7661-7674 (1986).
Webb et al., "Sequence-Specific Cross-Linking of Deoxyoligonucleotides via Hybridization-Triggered Alkylation," J Am Chem Soc 108:2764-2765 (1986).
Wigerinck et al., "5-(5-Bromothien-2-yl)-2′-deoxyuridine and 5-(5-Chlorothien-2-yl)-2′-deoxyuridine Are Equipotent to (E)-5-(2-Bromovinyl)-2′-deoxyuridine in the Inhibition of Herpes Simplex Virus Type I Replication", 34:2383-2389, J Med Chem, 1991.
Wigerinck et al., "5-(5-Bromothien-2-yl)-2'-deoxyuridine and 5-(5-Chlorothien-2-yl)-2'-deoxyuridine Are Equipotent to (E)-5-(2-Bromovinyl)-2'-deoxyuridine in the Inhibition of Herpes Simplex Virus Type I Replication", 34:2383-2389, J Med Chem, 1991.
Young et al., "Triple helix formation inhibits transcription elongation in vitro," Proc Natl Acad Sci 88:10023-10026 (1991).

Cited By (233)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6875593B2 (en) 1991-11-26 2005-04-05 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US8153772B2 (en) 1997-10-02 2012-04-10 Gen-Probe Incorporated Oligonucleotide probes and primers comprising universal bases for diagnostic purposes
US7790877B2 (en) * 1997-10-02 2010-09-07 Gen-Probe, Incorporated Antisense oligonucleotides with increased RNase sensitivity
US20030119016A1 (en) * 1997-10-02 2003-06-26 Riley Timothy A. Antisense oligonucleotides with increased RNase sensitivity
US20040014129A1 (en) * 1999-04-08 2004-01-22 Brown Bob D. Amplification primer pairs and use thereof
WO2004042362A2 (en) * 2002-11-04 2004-05-21 Cygene Laboratories, Inc. Target sequences for the detection of the west nile virus
WO2004042362A3 (en) * 2002-11-04 2005-12-22 Cygene Lab Inc Target sequences for the detection of the west nile virus
US20040266707A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2004-12-30 Devin Leake Stabilized polynucleotides for use in RNA interference
US7834171B2 (en) 2003-04-02 2010-11-16 Dharmacon, Inc. Modified polynucleotides for reducing off-target effects in RNA interference
US20080242851A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2008-10-02 Dharmacon, Inc. Modified polynucleotides for reducing off-target effects in rna interference
US20070173476A1 (en) * 2003-04-02 2007-07-26 Dharmacon Inc. Modified polynucleotides for use in rna interference
US20070269889A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2007-11-22 Dharmacon, Inc. Stabilized siRNAs as transfection controls and silencing reagents
US20090280567A1 (en) * 2004-02-06 2009-11-12 Dharmacon, Inc. Stabilized sirnas as transfection controls and silencing reagents
US20050223427A1 (en) * 2004-04-01 2005-10-06 Dharmacon, Inc. Modified polynucleotides for reducing off-target effects in RNA interference
US20060110766A1 (en) * 2004-11-22 2006-05-25 Barbara Robertson Method of determining a cellular response to a biological agent
US20060166234A1 (en) * 2004-11-22 2006-07-27 Barbara Robertson Apparatus and system having dry control gene silencing compositions
US7923207B2 (en) 2004-11-22 2011-04-12 Dharmacon, Inc. Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing pools
US7923206B2 (en) 2004-11-22 2011-04-12 Dharmacon, Inc. Method of determining a cellular response to a biological agent
US7935811B2 (en) 2004-11-22 2011-05-03 Dharmacon, Inc. Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing compositions
US20060115461A1 (en) * 2004-11-22 2006-06-01 Barbara Robertson Apparatus and system having dry gene silencing compositions
US20060223777A1 (en) * 2005-03-29 2006-10-05 Dharmacon, Inc. Highly functional short hairpin RNA
US8252755B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2012-08-28 Dharmacon, Inc. Duplex oligonucleotide complexes and methods for gene silencing by RNA interference
US20080085869A1 (en) * 2006-09-22 2008-04-10 Dharmacon, Inc. Duplex oligonucleotide complexes and methods for gene silencing by rna interference
US8188060B2 (en) 2008-02-11 2012-05-29 Dharmacon, Inc. Duplex oligonucleotides with enhanced functionality in gene regulation
US20110091887A1 (en) * 2008-03-12 2011-04-21 Japan Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Method for detection of methylcytosine using photoresponsive probe
US8697357B2 (en) 2008-03-12 2014-04-15 Japan Advanced Institute Of Science And Technology Method for detection of methylcytosine using photoresponsive probe
US9695211B2 (en) 2008-12-02 2017-07-04 Wave Life Sciences Japan, Inc. Method for the synthesis of phosphorus atom modified nucleic acids
US10329318B2 (en) 2008-12-02 2019-06-25 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Method for the synthesis of phosphorus atom modified nucleic acids
US9394333B2 (en) 2008-12-02 2016-07-19 Wave Life Sciences Japan Method for the synthesis of phosphorus atom modified nucleic acids
US9744183B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2017-08-29 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Nucleic acid prodrugs and methods of use thereof
US10307434B2 (en) 2009-07-06 2019-06-04 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Nucleic acid prodrugs and methods of use thereof
US8236570B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2012-08-07 Infoscitex Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US20110104668A1 (en) * 2009-11-03 2011-05-05 Infoscitex Corporation Nucleic acid ligands against infectious prions
US20110104667A1 (en) * 2009-11-03 2011-05-05 Infoscitex Corporation Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US9085773B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2015-07-21 Vivonics, Inc. Methods for identifying nucleic acid ligands
US8841429B2 (en) 2009-11-03 2014-09-23 Vivonics, Inc. Nucleic acid ligands against infectious prions
EP4385568A2 (en) 2010-04-06 2024-06-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of cd274/pd-l1 gene
WO2011133868A2 (en) 2010-04-22 2011-10-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Conformationally restricted dinucleotide monomers and oligonucleotides
WO2011133876A2 (en) 2010-04-22 2011-10-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotides comprising acyclic and abasic nucleosides and analogs
EP3456827A2 (en) 2010-06-02 2019-03-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods directed to treating liver fibrosis
US10428019B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2019-10-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral auxiliaries
WO2012078967A2 (en) 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for increasing erythropoietin (epo) production
WO2012079046A2 (en) 2010-12-10 2012-06-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of klf-1 and bcl11a genes
EP3674409A1 (en) 2011-03-29 2020-07-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of tmprss6 gene
EP3460064A1 (en) 2011-04-03 2019-03-27 The General Hospital Corporation d/b/a Massachusetts General Hospital Efficient protein expression in vivo using modified rna (mod-rna)
WO2012138453A1 (en) 2011-04-03 2012-10-11 The General Hospital Corporation Efficient protein expression in vivo using modified rna (mod-rna)
EP4092120A1 (en) 2011-06-21 2022-11-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietin-like 3 (anglptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2012177784A2 (en) 2011-06-21 2012-12-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compostions and methods of use thereof
EP3444348A1 (en) 2011-06-21 2019-02-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3656860A1 (en) 2011-06-21 2020-05-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4134433A1 (en) 2011-06-23 2023-02-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
EP3366312A1 (en) 2011-06-23 2018-08-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina 1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
EP3597750A1 (en) 2011-06-23 2020-01-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
WO2012178033A2 (en) 2011-06-23 2012-12-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serpina1 sirnas: compositions of matter and methods of treatment
US9605019B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2017-03-28 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Methods for the synthesis of functionalized nucleic acids
US10280192B2 (en) 2011-07-19 2019-05-07 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Methods for the synthesis of functionalized nucleic acids
WO2013019857A2 (en) 2011-08-01 2013-02-07 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Method for improving the success rate of hematopoietic stem cell transplants
EP3868883A1 (en) 2012-04-10 2021-08-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
EP3284824A1 (en) 2012-04-10 2018-02-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
WO2013155204A2 (en) 2012-04-10 2013-10-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
EP4209592A1 (en) 2012-04-26 2023-07-12 Genzyme Corporation Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US9982257B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2018-05-29 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral control
US9598458B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2017-03-21 Wave Life Sciences Japan, Inc. Asymmetric auxiliary group
EP4219516A2 (en) 2012-07-13 2023-08-02 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral control
US10590413B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2020-03-17 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral control
WO2014012081A2 (en) 2012-07-13 2014-01-16 Ontorii, Inc. Chiral control
US10167309B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2019-01-01 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Asymmetric auxiliary group
US9617547B2 (en) 2012-07-13 2017-04-11 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant
US10260089B2 (en) 2012-10-29 2019-04-16 The Research Foundation Of The State University Of New York Compositions and methods for recognition of RNA using triple helical peptide nucleic acids
US11578372B2 (en) 2012-11-05 2023-02-14 Foundation Medicine, Inc. NTRK1 fusion molecules and uses thereof
WO2014071358A2 (en) 2012-11-05 2014-05-08 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Novel ntrk1 fusion molecules and uses thereof
US11771698B2 (en) 2013-01-18 2023-10-03 Foundation Medicine, Inc. Methods of treating cholangiocarcinoma
WO2014130922A1 (en) 2013-02-25 2014-08-28 Trustees Of Boston University Compositions and methods for treating fungal infections
EP3312281A2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-04-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2014160871A2 (en) 2013-03-27 2014-10-02 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and agents for treating alzheimer's disease
EP3708184A1 (en) 2013-03-27 2020-09-16 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and agents for treating alzheimer s disease
EP4286517A2 (en) 2013-04-04 2023-12-06 President and Fellows of Harvard College Therapeutic uses of genome editing with crispr/cas systems
EP3828276A1 (en) 2013-05-22 2021-06-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tmprss6 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2014190157A1 (en) 2013-05-22 2014-11-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tmprss6 compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3587578A1 (en) 2013-05-22 2020-01-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Tmprss6 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2014190137A1 (en) 2013-05-22 2014-11-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2014197835A2 (en) 2013-06-06 2014-12-11 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
WO2015050990A1 (en) 2013-10-02 2015-04-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
EP3693463A1 (en) 2013-10-04 2020-08-12 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the alas1 gene
EP3502270A1 (en) 2013-10-21 2019-06-26 The General Hospital Corporation Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer
EP3683321A2 (en) 2013-10-21 2020-07-22 The General Hospital Corporation Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer
EP3967770A1 (en) 2013-10-21 2022-03-16 The General Hospital Corporation Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer
WO2015061091A1 (en) 2013-10-21 2015-04-30 The General Hospital Corporation Methods relating to circulating tumor cell clusters and the treatment of cancer
EP3798306A1 (en) 2013-12-12 2021-03-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3865144A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2021-08-18 The General Hospital Corporation Methods and assays relating to circulating tumor cells
WO2015095527A1 (en) 2013-12-20 2015-06-25 The General Hosptial Corporation Methods and assays relating to circulating tumor cells
US10144933B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-12-04 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having immunity induction activity, and immunity induction activator
US10322173B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2019-06-18 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having anti-allergic activity, and anti-allergic agent
US10149905B2 (en) 2014-01-15 2018-12-11 Shin Nippon Biomedical Laboratories, Ltd. Chiral nucleic acid adjuvant having antitumor effect and antitumor agent
EP4137572A1 (en) 2014-01-16 2023-02-22 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral design
US10160969B2 (en) 2014-01-16 2018-12-25 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Chiral design
WO2015107425A2 (en) 2014-01-16 2015-07-23 Wave Life Sciences Pte. Ltd. Chiral design
WO2015123264A1 (en) 2014-02-11 2015-08-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3960860A2 (en) 2014-02-11 2022-03-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2015175510A1 (en) 2014-05-12 2015-11-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating a serpinc1-associated disorder
WO2015179724A1 (en) 2014-05-22 2015-11-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP3739048A1 (en) 2014-05-22 2020-11-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2015187541A1 (en) 2014-06-02 2015-12-10 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for immunomodulation
EP4043567A1 (en) 2014-08-29 2022-08-17 Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for the treatment of cancer
WO2016040589A1 (en) 2014-09-12 2016-03-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting complement component c5 and methods of use thereof
EP4039809A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2022-08-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
WO2016057893A1 (en) 2014-10-10 2016-04-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
WO2016061487A1 (en) 2014-10-17 2016-04-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting aminolevulinic acid synthase-1 (alas1) and uses thereof
WO2016069694A2 (en) 2014-10-30 2016-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof
EP3904519A1 (en) 2014-10-30 2021-11-03 Genzyme Corporation Polynucleotide agents targeting serpinc1 (at3) and methods of use thereof
EP3647424A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2020-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis b virus (hbv) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016077321A1 (en) 2014-11-10 2016-05-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hepatitis b virus (hbv) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016081444A1 (en) 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016130806A2 (en) 2015-02-13 2016-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4269601A2 (en) 2015-03-27 2023-11-01 President and Fellows of Harvard College Modified t cells and methods of making and using the same
WO2016164746A1 (en) 2015-04-08 2016-10-13 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
WO2016201301A1 (en) 2015-06-12 2016-12-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2016205323A1 (en) 2015-06-18 2016-12-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Polynucleotde agents targeting hydroxyacid oxidase (glycolate oxidase, hao1) and methods of use thereof
WO2016209862A1 (en) 2015-06-23 2016-12-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glucokinase (gck) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2017011286A1 (en) 2015-07-10 2017-01-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Insulin-like growth factor binding protein, acid labile subunit (igfals) and insulin-like growth factor 1 (igf-1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2017015575A1 (en) 2015-07-22 2017-01-26 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Oligonucleotide compositions and methods thereof
WO2017015555A1 (en) 2015-07-22 2017-01-26 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Oligonucleotide compositions and methods thereof
EP4344744A2 (en) 2015-07-22 2024-04-03 Wave Life Sciences Ltd. Oligonucleotide compositions and methods thereof
WO2017040078A1 (en) 2015-09-02 2017-03-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. PROGRAMMED CELL DEATH 1 LIGAND 1 (PD-L1) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
EP4393495A2 (en) 2015-09-02 2024-07-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Programmed cell death 1 ligand 1 (pd-l1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4424828A1 (en) 2015-12-07 2024-09-04 Genzyme Corporation Methods and compositions for treating a serpinc1-associated disorder
WO2017184689A1 (en) 2016-04-19 2017-10-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High density lipoprotein binding protein (hdlbp/vigilin) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2017214518A1 (en) 2016-06-10 2017-12-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COMPLETMENT COMPONENT C5 iRNA COMPOSTIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF FOR TREATING PAROXYSMAL NOCTURNAL HEMOGLOBINURIA (PNH)
WO2018098117A1 (en) 2016-11-23 2018-05-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SERPINA1 iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2018112320A1 (en) 2016-12-16 2018-06-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for treating or preventing ttr-associated diseases using transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions
WO2018195165A1 (en) 2017-04-18 2018-10-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods for the treatment of subjects having a hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection
WO2019014530A1 (en) 2017-07-13 2019-01-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Lactate dehydrogenase a (ldha) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019089922A1 (en) 2017-11-01 2019-05-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019099610A1 (en) 2017-11-16 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kisspeptin 1 (kiss1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019100039A1 (en) 2017-11-20 2019-05-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Serum amyloid p component (apcs) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019126097A1 (en) 2017-12-18 2019-06-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. High mobility group box-1 (hmgb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2019222166A1 (en) 2018-05-14 2019-11-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
EP4324520A2 (en) 2018-05-14 2024-02-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiotensinogen (agt) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2020036862A1 (en) 2018-08-13 2020-02-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HEPATITIS B VIRUS (HBV) dsRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2020037125A1 (en) 2018-08-16 2020-02-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
WO2020060986A1 (en) 2018-09-18 2020-03-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ketohexokinase (khk) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
US10913951B2 (en) 2018-10-31 2021-02-09 University of Pittsburgh—of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education Silencing of HNF4A-P2 isoforms with siRNA to improve hepatocyte function in liver failure
WO2020132521A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Praxis Precision Medicines, Inc. Compositions and methods for the treatment of kcnt1 related disorders
WO2020132346A1 (en) 2018-12-20 2020-06-25 Vir Biotechnology, Inc. Combination hbv therapy
EP4285929A2 (en) 2018-12-20 2023-12-06 Humabs Biomed SA Combination hbv therapy
WO2020150431A1 (en) 2019-01-16 2020-07-23 Genzyme Corporation Serpinc1 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2020232024A1 (en) 2019-05-13 2020-11-19 Vir Biotechnology, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating hepatitis b virus (hbv) infection
WO2021022108A2 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. CARBOXYPEPTIDASE B2 (CPB2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021022109A1 (en) 2019-08-01 2021-02-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SERPIN FAMILY F MEMBER 2 (SERPINF2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021030522A1 (en) 2019-08-13 2021-02-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. SMALL RIBOSOMAL PROTEIN SUBUNIT 25 (RPS25) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021046122A1 (en) 2019-09-03 2021-03-11 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting expression of the lect2 gene
WO2021067747A1 (en) 2019-10-04 2021-04-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing ugt1a1 gene expression
WO2021076828A1 (en) 2019-10-18 2021-04-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Solute carrier family member irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021081026A1 (en) 2019-10-22 2021-04-29 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021087325A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajb1-prkaca fusion gene expression
WO2021087036A1 (en) 2019-11-01 2021-05-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021096763A1 (en) 2019-11-13 2021-05-20 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (agt-) associated disorder
WO2021102373A1 (en) 2019-11-22 2021-05-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ataxin3 (atxn3) rnai agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021119226A1 (en) 2019-12-13 2021-06-17 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Human chromosome 9 open reading frame 72 (c9orf72) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021126734A1 (en) 2019-12-16 2021-06-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021154941A1 (en) 2020-01-31 2021-08-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c5 irna compositions for use in the treatment of amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (als)
WO2021163066A1 (en) 2020-02-10 2021-08-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing vegf-a expression
WO2021167841A1 (en) 2020-02-18 2021-08-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein c3 (apoc3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021178607A1 (en) 2020-03-05 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement component c3 irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing complement component c3-associated diseases
WO2021178736A1 (en) 2020-03-06 2021-09-10 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021188611A1 (en) 2020-03-18 2021-09-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating subjects having a heterozygous alanine-glyoxylate aminotransferase gene (agxt) variant
WO2021195307A1 (en) 2020-03-26 2021-09-30 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coronavirus irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021202443A2 (en) 2020-03-30 2021-10-07 Alnylam Pharmaceucticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing dnajc15 gene expression
WO2021207167A1 (en) 2020-04-06 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing myoc expression
WO2021206922A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane serine protease 2 (tmprss2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021206917A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ANGIOTENSIN-CONVERTING ENZYME 2 (ACE2) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021207189A1 (en) 2020-04-07 2021-10-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for silencing scn9a expression
WO2021222065A1 (en) 2020-04-27 2021-11-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Apolipoprotein e (apoe) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021222549A1 (en) 2020-04-30 2021-11-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2021231692A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of otoferlin (otof)
WO2021231673A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of leucine rich repeat kinase 2 (lrrk2)
WO2021231680A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of methyl-cpg binding protein 2 (mecp2)
WO2021231698A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate lyase (asl)
WO2021231675A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of argininosuccinate synthetase (ass1)
WO2021231685A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of transmembrane channel-like protein 1 (tmc1)
WO2021231691A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of retinoschisin 1 (rsi)
WO2021231679A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for the adar-mediated editing of gap junction protein beta 2 (gjb2)
WO2021237097A1 (en) 2020-05-21 2021-11-25 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for inhibiting marc1 gene expression
US11408000B2 (en) 2020-06-03 2022-08-09 Triplet Therapeutics, Inc. Oligonucleotides for the treatment of nucleotide repeat expansion disorders associated with MSH3 activity
WO2021252557A1 (en) 2020-06-09 2021-12-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Rnai compositions and methods of use thereof for delivery by inhalation
WO2021257782A1 (en) 2020-06-18 2021-12-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. XANTHINE DEHYDROGENASE (XDH) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2021262840A1 (en) 2020-06-24 2021-12-30 Vir Biotechnology, Inc. Engineered hepatitis b virus neutralizing antibodies and uses thereof
WO2022066847A1 (en) 2020-09-24 2022-03-31 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 (dpp4) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022076291A1 (en) 2020-10-05 2022-04-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. G protein-coupled receptor 75 (gpr75) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022087041A1 (en) 2020-10-21 2022-04-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating primary hyperoxaluria
WO2022087329A1 (en) 2020-10-23 2022-04-28 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mucin 5b (muc5b) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022103999A1 (en) 2020-11-13 2022-05-19 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COAGULATION FACTOR V (F5) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022119873A1 (en) 2020-12-01 2022-06-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for inhibition of hao1 (hydroxyacid oxidase 1 (glycolate oxidase)) gene expression
WO2022125490A1 (en) 2020-12-08 2022-06-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Coagulation factor x (f10) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022140702A1 (en) 2020-12-23 2022-06-30 Flagship Pioneering, Inc. Compositions of modified trems and uses thereof
WO2022150260A1 (en) 2021-01-05 2022-07-14 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. COMPLEMENT COMPONENT 9 (C9) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022174000A2 (en) 2021-02-12 2022-08-18 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Superoxide dismutase 1 (sod1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof for treating or preventing superoxide dismutase 1- (sod1-) associated neurodegenerative diseases
WO2022182864A1 (en) 2021-02-25 2022-09-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prion protein (prnp) irna compositions and methods and methods of use thereof
WO2022182574A1 (en) 2021-02-26 2022-09-01 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. KETOHEXOKINASE (KHK) iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022187435A1 (en) 2021-03-04 2022-09-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Angiopoietin-like 3 (angptl3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022192519A1 (en) 2021-03-12 2022-09-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Glycogen synthase kinase 3 alpha (gsk3a) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022212231A2 (en) 2021-03-29 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Huntingtin (htt) irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022212153A1 (en) 2021-04-01 2022-10-06 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Proline dehydrogenase 2 (prodh2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022214632A1 (en) 2021-04-07 2022-10-13 Neoplants Sas Compositions and methods for indoor air remediation
WO2022231999A1 (en) 2021-04-26 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transmembrane protease, serine 6 (tmprss6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022232343A1 (en) 2021-04-29 2022-11-03 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Signal transducer and activator of transcription factor 6 (stat6) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022245583A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-11-24 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 (sglt2) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022246023A1 (en) 2021-05-20 2022-11-24 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2022256283A2 (en) 2021-06-01 2022-12-08 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods for restoring protein function using adar
WO2022256395A1 (en) 2021-06-02 2022-12-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Patatin-like phospholipase domain containing 3 (pnpla3) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2022256290A2 (en) 2021-06-04 2022-12-08 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUMAN CHROMOSOME 9 OPEN READING FRAME 72 (C9ORF72) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2022260939A2 (en) 2021-06-08 2022-12-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating or preventing stargardt's disease and/or retinal binding protein 4 (rbp4)-associated disorders
WO2023278407A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2023278410A1 (en) 2021-06-29 2023-01-05 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for adar-mediated editing
WO2023278576A1 (en) 2021-06-30 2023-01-05 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Methods and compositions for treating an angiotensinogen- (agt-) associated disorder
WO2023003995A1 (en) 2021-07-23 2023-01-26 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Beta-catenin (ctnnb1) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023009687A1 (en) 2021-07-29 2023-02-02 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 3-hydroxy-3-methylglutaryl-coa reductase (hmgcr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023014677A1 (en) 2021-08-03 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Transthyretin (ttr) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023014765A1 (en) 2021-08-04 2023-02-09 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. iRNA COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR SILENCING ANGIOTENSINOGEN (AGT)
WO2023019246A1 (en) 2021-08-13 2023-02-16 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Factor xii (f12) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023044370A2 (en) 2021-09-17 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Irna compositions and methods for silencing complement component 3 (c3)
WO2023044094A1 (en) 2021-09-20 2023-03-23 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Inhibin subunit beta e (inhbe) modulator compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023056329A1 (en) 2021-09-30 2023-04-06 Akouos, Inc. Compositions and methods for treating kcnq4-associated hearing loss
WO2023056440A1 (en) 2021-10-01 2023-04-06 Adarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prekallikrein-modulating compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023069603A1 (en) 2021-10-22 2023-04-27 Korro Bio, Inc. Methods and compositions for disrupting nrf2-keap1 protein interaction by adar mediated rna editing
WO2023076450A2 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. HUNTINGTIN (HTT) iRNA AGENT COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF
WO2023076451A1 (en) 2021-10-29 2023-05-04 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Complement factor b (cfb) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2023141314A2 (en) 2022-01-24 2023-07-27 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Heparin sulfate biosynthesis pathway enzyme irna agent compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024039776A2 (en) 2022-08-18 2024-02-22 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Universal non-targeting sirna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024059165A1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 17b-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 13 (hsd17b13) irna compositions and methods of use thereof
WO2024168010A2 (en) 2023-02-09 2024-08-15 Alnylam Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Reversir molecules and methods of use thereof
WO2024196965A1 (en) 2023-03-23 2024-09-26 Carbon Biosciences, Inc. Parvovirus compositions and related methods for gene therapy
WO2024197242A1 (en) 2023-03-23 2024-09-26 Carbon Biosciences, Inc. Protoparvovirus compositions comprising a protoparvovirus variant vp1 capsid polypeptide and related methods

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040220395A1 (en) 2004-11-04
US6875593B2 (en) 2005-04-05
US20030096980A1 (en) 2003-05-22
US7057027B2 (en) 2006-06-06
US20030170680A1 (en) 2003-09-11
US6235887B1 (en) 2001-05-22
US20040265802A9 (en) 2004-12-30
US6962783B2 (en) 2005-11-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US6380368B1 (en) Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US5830653A (en) Methods of using oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
EP0637965B1 (en) Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified pyrimidines
US5594121A (en) Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified purines
US5792608A (en) Nuclease stable and binding competent oligomers and methods for their use
US5434257A (en) Binding compentent oligomers containing unsaturated 3',5' and 2',5' linkages
US5484908A (en) Oligonucleotides containing 5-propynyl pyrimidines
EP0695306A1 (en) Enhanced triple-helix and double-helix formation with oligomers containing modified purines
DE69322640T2 (en) BINDING COMPETENT OLIGOMERS CONTAINING 2 ', 5' BINDINGS
AU641219B2 (en) Triple helix formation in oligonucleotide therapy
AU662298B2 (en) Modified internucleoside linkages
US5969135A (en) Oligonucleotide analogs with an amino acid or a modified amino alcohol residue
KR100393336B1 (en) Amino acid nucleic acid
EP0616612A1 (en) Nuclease stable and binding competent oligomers and methods for their use
CZ10042U1 (en) Nucleosides with modified sugar

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: ISIS PHARMACEUTICALS, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:GILEAD SCIENCES, INC.;REEL/FRAME:009833/0012

Effective date: 19990318

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 4

FPAY Fee payment

Year of fee payment: 8

REMI Maintenance fee reminder mailed
LAPS Lapse for failure to pay maintenance fees
STCH Information on status: patent discontinuation

Free format text: PATENT EXPIRED DUE TO NONPAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEES UNDER 37 CFR 1.362

FP Lapsed due to failure to pay maintenance fee

Effective date: 20140430